types

package
v1.21.7 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

Go to latest
Published: Apr 4, 2022 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 4 Imported by: 0

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix string
const (
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal             AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) Values

Values returns all known values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacCodecProfile

type AacCodecProfile string
const (
	AacCodecProfileLc   AacCodecProfile = "LC"
	AacCodecProfileHev1 AacCodecProfile = "HEV1"
	AacCodecProfileHev2 AacCodecProfile = "HEV2"
)

Enum values for AacCodecProfile

func (AacCodecProfile) Values

func (AacCodecProfile) Values() []AacCodecProfile

Values returns all known values for AacCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacCodingMode

type AacCodingMode string
const (
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Enum values for AacCodingMode

func (AacCodingMode) Values

func (AacCodingMode) Values() []AacCodingMode

Values returns all known values for AacCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRateControlMode

type AacRateControlMode string
const (
	AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR"
	AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for AacRateControlMode

func (AacRateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for AacRateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRawFormat

type AacRawFormat string
const (
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS"
	AacRawFormatNone     AacRawFormat = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AacRawFormat

func (AacRawFormat) Values

func (AacRawFormat) Values() []AacRawFormat

Values returns all known values for AacRawFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacSettings

type AacSettings struct {

	// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio + audio
	// description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to 3,
	// which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster mixed
	// AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed audio;
	// the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD,
	// the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType and
	// FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain pre-mixed
	// audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any values
	// you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
	AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for this
	// setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000, 32000,
	// 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000, 192000,
	// 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000, 768000,
	// 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values that you
	// choose for Profile (codecProfile), Bitrate control mode (codingMode), and Sample
	// rate (sampleRate). Default values depend on Bitrate control mode and Profile.
	Bitrate int32

	// AAC Profile.
	CodecProfile AacCodecProfile

	// Mono (Audio Description), Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values
	// depend on rate control mode and profile. "1.0 - Audio Description (Receiver
	// Mix)" setting receives a stereo description plus control track and emits a mono
	// AAC encode of the description track, with control data emitted in the PES header
	// as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E.
	CodingMode AacCodingMode

	// Rate Control Mode.
	RateControlMode AacRateControlMode

	// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
	// you must choose "No container" for the output container.
	RawFormat AacRawFormat

	// Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile.
	SampleRate int32

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// containers.
	Specification AacSpecification

	// VBR Quality Level - Only used if rate_control_mode is VBR.
	VbrQuality AacVbrQuality
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.

type AacSpecification

type AacSpecification string
const (
	AacSpecificationMpeg2 AacSpecification = "MPEG2"
	AacSpecificationMpeg4 AacSpecification = "MPEG4"
)

Enum values for AacSpecification

func (AacSpecification) Values

Values returns all known values for AacSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacVbrQuality

type AacVbrQuality string
const (
	AacVbrQualityLow        AacVbrQuality = "LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow  AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH"
	AacVbrQualityHigh       AacVbrQuality = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for AacVbrQuality

func (AacVbrQuality) Values

func (AacVbrQuality) Values() []AacVbrQuality

Values returns all known values for AacVbrQuality. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3BitstreamMode

type Ac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue         Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE"
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects  Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver        Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Ac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3CodingMode

type Ac3CodingMode string
const (
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Enum values for Ac3CodingMode

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values() []Ac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone         Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3LfeFilter

type Ac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled  Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values() []Ac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Ac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3MetadataControl

type Ac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Ac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3Settings

type Ac3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on the
	// coding mode.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more
	// information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Ac3CodingMode

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm int32

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
	// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores
	// any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile
	// (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC
	// operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby
	// Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// When you want to add Dolby dynamic range compression (DRC) signaling to your
	// output stream, we recommend that you use the mode-specific settings instead of
	// Dynamic range compression profile (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). The
	// mode-specific settings are Dynamic range compression profile, line mode
	// (dynamicRangeCompressionLine) and Dynamic range compression profile, RF mode
	// (dynamicRangeCompressionRf). Note that when you specify values for all three
	// settings, MediaConvert ignores the value of this setting in favor of the
	// mode-specific settings. If you do use this setting instead of the mode-specific
	// settings, choose None (NONE) to leave out DRC signaling. Keep the default Film
	// standard (FILM_STANDARD) to set the profile to Dolby's film standard profile for
	// all operating modes.
	DynamicRangeCompressionProfile Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
	// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value
	// you provide for Dynamic range compression profile
	// (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC
	// operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby
	// Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid
	// with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AC3.

type AccelerationMode

type AccelerationMode string
const (
	AccelerationModeDisabled  AccelerationMode = "DISABLED"
	AccelerationModeEnabled   AccelerationMode = "ENABLED"
	AccelerationModePreferred AccelerationMode = "PREFERRED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationMode

func (AccelerationMode) Values

Values returns all known values for AccelerationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AccelerationSettings

type AccelerationSettings struct {

	// Specify the conditions when the service will run your job with accelerated
	// transcoding.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Mode AccelerationMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually complex content.

type AccelerationStatus

type AccelerationStatus string
const (
	AccelerationStatusNotApplicable  AccelerationStatus = "NOT_APPLICABLE"
	AccelerationStatusInProgress     AccelerationStatus = "IN_PROGRESS"
	AccelerationStatusAccelerated    AccelerationStatus = "ACCELERATED"
	AccelerationStatusNotAccelerated AccelerationStatus = "NOT_ACCELERATED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationStatus

func (AccelerationStatus) Values

Values returns all known values for AccelerationStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AfdSignaling

type AfdSignaling string
const (
	AfdSignalingNone  AfdSignaling = "NONE"
	AfdSignalingAuto  AfdSignaling = "AUTO"
	AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED"
)

Enum values for AfdSignaling

func (AfdSignaling) Values

func (AfdSignaling) Values() []AfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for AfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AiffSettings

type AiffSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality
	// for this audio track.
	BitDepth int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1
	// and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels int32

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value AIFF.

type AlphaBehavior

type AlphaBehavior string
const (
	AlphaBehaviorDiscard     AlphaBehavior = "DISCARD"
	AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma AlphaBehavior = "REMAP_TO_LUMA"
)

Enum values for AlphaBehavior

func (AlphaBehavior) Values

func (AlphaBehavior) Values() []AlphaBehavior

Values returns all known values for AlphaBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillaryConvert608To708

type AncillaryConvert608To708 string
const (
	AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert AncillaryConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled  AncillaryConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryConvert608To708

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) Values

Values returns all known values for AncillaryConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillarySourceSettings

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the
	// captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608
	// data into 708.
	Convert608To708 AncillaryConvert608To708

	// Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber int32

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each
	// input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this
	// setting.
	TerminateCaptions AncillaryTerminateCaptions
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for ancillary captions source.

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions string
const (
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled   AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) Values

Values returns all known values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AntiAlias

type AntiAlias string
const (
	AntiAliasDisabled AntiAlias = "DISABLED"
	AntiAliasEnabled  AntiAlias = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AntiAlias

func (AntiAlias) Values

func (AntiAlias) Values() []AntiAlias

Values returns all known values for AntiAlias. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioChannelTag

type AudioChannelTag string
const (
	AudioChannelTagL   AudioChannelTag = "L"
	AudioChannelTagR   AudioChannelTag = "R"
	AudioChannelTagC   AudioChannelTag = "C"
	AudioChannelTagLfe AudioChannelTag = "LFE"
	AudioChannelTagLs  AudioChannelTag = "LS"
	AudioChannelTagRs  AudioChannelTag = "RS"
	AudioChannelTagLc  AudioChannelTag = "LC"
	AudioChannelTagRc  AudioChannelTag = "RC"
	AudioChannelTagCs  AudioChannelTag = "CS"
	AudioChannelTagLsd AudioChannelTag = "LSD"
	AudioChannelTagRsd AudioChannelTag = "RSD"
	AudioChannelTagTcs AudioChannelTag = "TCS"
	AudioChannelTagVhl AudioChannelTag = "VHL"
	AudioChannelTagVhc AudioChannelTag = "VHC"
	AudioChannelTagVhr AudioChannelTag = "VHR"
)

Enum values for AudioChannelTag

func (AudioChannelTag) Values

func (AudioChannelTag) Values() []AudioChannelTag

Values returns all known values for AudioChannelTag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioChannelTaggingSettings

type AudioChannelTaggingSettings struct {

	// You can add a tag for this mono-channel audio track to mimic its placement in a
	// multi-channel layout. For example, if this track is the left surround channel,
	// choose Left surround (LS).
	ChannelTag AudioChannelTag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

When you mimic a multi-channel audio layout with multiple mono-channel tracks, you can tag each channel layout manually. For example, you would tag the tracks that contain your left, right, and center audio with Left (L), Right (R), and Center (C), respectively. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels your track as Center (C) by default. To use audio layout tagging, your output must be in a QuickTime (.mov) container; your audio codec must be AAC, WAV, or AIFF; and you must set up your audio track to have only one channel.

type AudioCodec

type AudioCodec string
const (
	AudioCodecAac         AudioCodec = "AAC"
	AudioCodecMp2         AudioCodec = "MP2"
	AudioCodecMp3         AudioCodec = "MP3"
	AudioCodecWav         AudioCodec = "WAV"
	AudioCodecAiff        AudioCodec = "AIFF"
	AudioCodecAc3         AudioCodec = "AC3"
	AudioCodecEac3        AudioCodec = "EAC3"
	AudioCodecEac3Atmos   AudioCodec = "EAC3_ATMOS"
	AudioCodecVorbis      AudioCodec = "VORBIS"
	AudioCodecOpus        AudioCodec = "OPUS"
	AudioCodecPassthrough AudioCodec = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for AudioCodec

func (AudioCodec) Values

func (AudioCodec) Values() []AudioCodec

Values returns all known values for AudioCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioCodecSettings

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC
	// settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate
	// control mode (rateControlMode) to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the
	// audio quality with the setting VBR quality (vbrQuality). In CBR mode, you use
	// the setting Bitrate (bitrate). Defaults and valid values depend on the rate
	// control mode.
	AacSettings *AacSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value AC3.
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value AIFF.
	AiffSettings *AiffSettings

	// Choose the audio codec for this output. Note that the option Dolby Digital
	// passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) applies only to Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus
	// audio inputs. Make sure that you choose a codec that's supported with your
	// output container:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#reference-codecs-containers-output-audio
	// For audio-only outputs, make sure that both your input audio codec and your
	// output audio codec are supported for audio-only workflows. For more information,
	// see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers-input.html#reference-codecs-containers-input-audio-only
	// and
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#audio-only-output
	Codec AudioCodec

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value EAC3_ATMOS.
	Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value EAC3.
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value MP2.
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value
	// MP3.
	Mp3Settings *Mp3Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value
	// OPUS.
	OpusSettings *OpusSettings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value
	// Vorbis.
	VorbisSettings *VorbisSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value WAV.
	WavSettings *WavSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for your audio codec.

type AudioDefaultSelection

type AudioDefaultSelection string
const (
	AudioDefaultSelectionDefault    AudioDefaultSelection = "DEFAULT"
	AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "NOT_DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for AudioDefaultSelection

func (AudioDefaultSelection) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioDefaultSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioDescription

type AudioDescription struct {

	// When you mimic a multi-channel audio layout with multiple mono-channel tracks,
	// you can tag each channel layout manually. For example, you would tag the tracks
	// that contain your left, right, and center audio with Left (L), Right (R), and
	// Center (C), respectively. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels
	// your track as Center (C) by default. To use audio layout tagging, your output
	// must be in a QuickTime (.mov) container; your audio codec must be AAC, WAV, or
	// AIFF; and you must set up your audio track to have only one channel.
	AudioChannelTaggingSettings *AudioChannelTaggingSettings

	// Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to
	// comply with a loudness standard.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings

	// Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case, specify
	// an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order within
	// each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the third audio
	// selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have an "Audio
	// Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that input will be
	// used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence will be
	// inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio Selector
	// Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with similar
	// default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then "Audio
	// Selector 1" will be chosen automatically.
	AudioSourceName *string

	// Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between 0
	// and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 = Clean
	// Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, 4-255 =
	// Reserved.
	AudioType int32

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then that
	// value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639
	// audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the
	// value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
	// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to
	// BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
	AudioTypeControl AudioTypeControl

	// Settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on
	// the value that you choose for your audio codec.
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings

	// Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this language
	// code into your output audio track when you set Language code control
	// (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Use configured (USE_CONFIGURED). The service also
	// uses your specified custom language code when you set Language code control
	// (AudioLanguageCodeControl) to Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), but your input file
	// doesn't specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or
	// ISO 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the
	// full RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language specified
	// in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input Language Code'
	// is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected but there is no
	// ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track.
	// When you choose Follow input (FOLLOW_INPUT), the service uses the language code
	// from the input track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input
	// track, the service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code
	// (languageCode or customLanguageCode). When you choose Use configured
	// (USE_CONFIGURED), the service uses the language code that you specify.
	LanguageCodeControl AudioLanguageCodeControl

	// Advanced audio remixing settings.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director
	// commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this
	// information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player
	// device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting.
	StreamName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to one audio tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job JSON, an instance of AudioDescription is equivalent to one audio tab in the console. Usually, one audio tab corresponds to one output audio track. Depending on how you set up your input audio selectors and whether you use audio selector groups, one audio tab can correspond to a group of output audio tracks.

type AudioLanguageCodeControl

type AudioLanguageCodeControl string
const (
	AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput   AudioLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured AudioLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioLanguageCodeControl

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioLanguageCodeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly  AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "MEASURE_ONLY"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging string
const (
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog     AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "LOG"
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "DONT_LOG"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation string
const (
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "TRUE_PEAK"
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone     AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationSettings

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

	// Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
	// Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire piece
	// of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
	// recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2: Gated
	// loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
	// requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
	// Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
	// updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows for
	// more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations such as
	// 7.1.
	Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

	// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
	// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

	// Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level.
	// Content measuring below this level will not be corrected.
	CorrectionGateLevel int32

	// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
	LoudnessLogging AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

	// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
	// track loudness.
	PeakCalculation AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

	// When you use Audio normalization (AudioNormalizationSettings), optionally use
	// this setting to specify a target loudness. If you don't specify a value here,
	// the encoder chooses a value for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for
	// Algorithm (algorithm). If you choose algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose
	// -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will choose -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to comply with a loudness standard.

type AudioSelector

type AudioSelector struct {

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO
	// 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the job.
	// The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
	// input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
	DefaultSelection AudioDefaultSelection

	// Specifies audio data from an external file source.
	ExternalAudioFileInput *string

	// Settings specific to audio sources in an HLS alternate rendition group. Specify
	// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to
	// identify the unique audio track among the alternative rendition groups present
	// in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks match the
	// properties provided, the job fails. If no properties in
	// hlsRenditionGroupSettings are specified, the default audio track within the
	// video segment is chosen. If there is no audio within video segment, the
	// alternative audio with DEFAULT=YES is chosen instead.
	HlsRenditionGroupSettings *HlsRenditionGroupSettings

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input video.
	Offset int32

	// Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID 0x101).
	Pids []int32

	// Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service
	// extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs,
	// create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. In
	// the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track. Choose
	// the program number from the dropdown list. If you are sending a JSON file,
	// provide the program ID, which is part of the audio metadata. If your input file
	// has incorrect metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number
	// to have the service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in the
	// track.
	ProgramSelection int32

	// Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those of
	// another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single output,
	// one after the other.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Specifies the type of the audio selector.
	SelectorType AudioSelectorType

	// Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering
	// the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector,
	// specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated
	// list. For examle, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3. Specifying
	// directly in your JSON job file, provide the track numbers in an array. For
	// example, "tracks": [1,2,3].
	Tracks []int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.

type AudioSelectorGroup

type AudioSelectorGroup struct {

	// Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group. Audio
	// selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input (e.g.,
	// "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated to add
	// any number of audio selectors to the group.
	AudioSelectorNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you can assign them to a single output audio tab (AudioDescription). Note that, if you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.

type AudioSelectorType

type AudioSelectorType string
const (
	AudioSelectorTypePid               AudioSelectorType = "PID"
	AudioSelectorTypeTrack             AudioSelectorType = "TRACK"
	AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode      AudioSelectorType = "LANGUAGE_CODE"
	AudioSelectorTypeHlsRenditionGroup AudioSelectorType = "HLS_RENDITION_GROUP"
)

Enum values for AudioSelectorType

func (AudioSelectorType) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioSelectorType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioTypeControl

type AudioTypeControl string
const (
	AudioTypeControlFollowInput   AudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioTypeControlUseConfigured AudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioTypeControl

func (AudioTypeControl) Values

Values returns all known values for AudioTypeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AutomatedAbrSettings

type AutomatedAbrSettings struct {

	// Optional. The maximum target bit rate used in your automated ABR stack. Use this
	// value to set an upper limit on the bandwidth consumed by the highest-quality
	// rendition. This is the rendition that is delivered to viewers with the fastest
	// internet connections. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses 8,000,000
	// (8 mb/s) by default.
	MaxAbrBitrate int32

	// Optional. The maximum number of renditions that MediaConvert will create in your
	// automated ABR stack. The number of renditions is determined automatically, based
	// on analysis of each job, but will never exceed this limit. When you set this to
	// Auto in the console, which is equivalent to excluding it from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert defaults to a limit of 15.
	MaxRenditions int32

	// Optional. The minimum target bitrate used in your automated ABR stack. Use this
	// value to set a lower limit on the bitrate of video delivered to viewers with
	// slow internet connections. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses
	// 600,000 (600 kb/s) by default.
	MinAbrBitrate int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR package for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video. This feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of your ABR package.

type AutomatedEncodingSettings

type AutomatedEncodingSettings struct {

	// Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR package
	// for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video. This
	// feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of your ABR
	// package.
	AbrSettings *AutomatedAbrSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings for you, based on characteristics of your input video.

type Av1AdaptiveQuantization

type Av1AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization

func (Av1AdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1BitDepth

type Av1BitDepth string
const (
	Av1BitDepthBit8  Av1BitDepth = "BIT_8"
	Av1BitDepthBit10 Av1BitDepth = "BIT_10"
)

Enum values for Av1BitDepth

func (Av1BitDepth) Values

func (Av1BitDepth) Values() []Av1BitDepth

Values returns all known values for Av1BitDepth. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FramerateControl

type Av1FramerateControl string
const (
	Av1FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Av1FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Av1FramerateControlSpecified            Av1FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Av1FramerateControl

func (Av1FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Av1FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1QvbrSettings

type Av1QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode (RateControlMode) to QVBR.
	// Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the
	// right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video
	// quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert
	// picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If
	// you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use
	// higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless
	// compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between
	// 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a
	// value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your
	// QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).

type Av1RateControlMode

type Av1RateControlMode string
const (
	Av1RateControlModeQvbr Av1RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for Av1RateControlMode

func (Av1RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Av1RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1Settings

type Av1Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization
	// (spatialAdaptiveQuantization).
	AdaptiveQuantization Av1AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the Bit depth (Av1BitDepth). You can choose 8-bit (BIT_8) or 10-bit
	// (BIT_10).
	BitDepth Av1BitDepth

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Av1FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Specify the GOP length (keyframe interval) in frames. With AV1, MediaConvert
	// doesn't support GOP length in seconds. This value must be greater than zero and
	// preferably equal to 1 + ((numberBFrames + 1) * x), where x is an integer value.
	GopSize float64

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Specify from the number of B-frames, in the range of 0-15. For AV1 encoding, we
	// recommend using 7 or 15. Choose a larger number for a lower bitrate and smaller
	// file size; choose a smaller number for better video quality.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use
	// these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).
	QvbrSettings *Av1QvbrSettings

	// 'With AV1 outputs, for rate control mode, MediaConvert supports only
	// quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). You can”t use CBR or VBR.'
	RateControlMode Av1RateControlMode

	// Specify the number of slices per picture. This value must be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or
	// 32. For progressive pictures, this value must be less than or equal to the
	// number of macroblock rows. For interlaced pictures, this value must be less than
	// or equal to half the number of macroblock rows.
	Slices int32

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion
	// with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any
	// small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are
	// encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part
	// of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this
	// feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the
	// value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your
	// content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to
	// Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value AV1.

type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvailBlanking

type AvailBlanking struct {

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images
	// are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use ad avail blanking settings to specify your output content during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. You can blank your video or overlay it with an image. MediaConvert also removes any audio and embedded captions during the ad avail. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ad-avail-blanking.html.

type AvcIntraClass

type AvcIntraClass string
const (
	AvcIntraClassClass50   AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_50"
	AvcIntraClassClass100  AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_100"
	AvcIntraClassClass200  AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_200"
	AvcIntraClassClass4k2k AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_4K_2K"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraClass

func (AvcIntraClass) Values

func (AvcIntraClass) Values() []AvcIntraClass

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraFramerateControl

type AvcIntraFramerateControl string
const (
	AvcIntraFramerateControlInitializeFromSource AvcIntraFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	AvcIntraFramerateControlSpecified            AvcIntraFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraFramerateControl

func (AvcIntraFramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

type AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraInterlaceMode

type AvcIntraInterlaceMode string
const (
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeProgressive       AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeTopField          AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeBottomField       AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowTopField    AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowBottomField AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraInterlaceMode

func (AvcIntraInterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode

type AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode

func (AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraSettings

type AvcIntraSettings struct {

	// Specify the AVC-Intra class of your output. The AVC-Intra class selection
	// determines the output video bit rate depending on the frame rate of the output.
	// Outputs with higher class values have higher bitrates and improved image
	// quality. Note that for Class 4K/2K, MediaConvert supports only 4:2:2 chroma
	// subsampling.
	AvcIntraClass AvcIntraClass

	// Optional when you set AVC-Intra class (avcIntraClass) to Class 4K/2K
	// (CLASS_4K_2K). When you set AVC-Intra class to a different value, this object
	// isn't allowed.
	AvcIntraUhdSettings *AvcIntraUhdSettings

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl AvcIntraFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode AvcIntraInterlaceMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this
	// case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field
	// in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all
	// other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any
	// frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose
	// Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't
	// suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to
	// basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set
	// Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized
	// interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode
	// (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	ScanTypeConversionMode AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal AvcIntraSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine AvcIntraTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you choose AVC-Intra for your output video codec. For more information about the AVC-Intra settings, see the relevant specification. For detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-Intra, see https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936. For information about 4K/2K in AVC-Intra, see https://pro-av.panasonic.net/en/avc-ultra/AVC-ULTRAoverview.pdf.

type AvcIntraSlowPal

type AvcIntraSlowPal string
const (
	AvcIntraSlowPalDisabled AvcIntraSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	AvcIntraSlowPalEnabled  AvcIntraSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraSlowPal

func (AvcIntraSlowPal) Values

func (AvcIntraSlowPal) Values() []AvcIntraSlowPal

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraTelecine

type AvcIntraTelecine string
const (
	AvcIntraTelecineNone AvcIntraTelecine = "NONE"
	AvcIntraTelecineHard AvcIntraTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraTelecine

func (AvcIntraTelecine) Values

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel

type AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel string
const (
	AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelSinglePass AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelMultiPass  AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel

func (AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraUhdSettings

type AvcIntraUhdSettings struct {

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how many
	// transcoding passes MediaConvert does with your video. When you choose Multi-pass
	// (MULTI_PASS), your video quality is better and your output bitrate is more
	// accurate. That is, the actual bitrate of your output is closer to the target
	// bitrate defined in the specification. When you choose Single-pass (SINGLE_PASS),
	// your encoding time is faster. The default behavior is Single-pass (SINGLE_PASS).
	QualityTuningLevel AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional when you set AVC-Intra class (avcIntraClass) to Class 4K/2K (CLASS_4K_2K). When you set AVC-Intra class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.

type BadRequestException

type BadRequestException struct {
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The service can't process your request because of a problem in the request. Please check your request form and syntax.

func (*BadRequestException) Error

func (e *BadRequestException) Error() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorCode

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorCode() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorFault

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorMessage

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorMessage() string

type BillingTagsSource

type BillingTagsSource string
const (
	BillingTagsSourceQueue       BillingTagsSource = "QUEUE"
	BillingTagsSourcePreset      BillingTagsSource = "PRESET"
	BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate BillingTagsSource = "JOB_TEMPLATE"
	BillingTagsSourceJob         BillingTagsSource = "JOB"
)

Enum values for BillingTagsSource

func (BillingTagsSource) Values

Values returns all known values for BillingTagsSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough

type BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough string
const (
	BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled  BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough

func (BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough) Values

Values returns all known values for BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninDestinationSettings

type BurninDestinationSettings struct {

	// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center of the
	// output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to the bottom
	// left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the
	// alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered)
	// relative to those coordinates.
	Alignment BurninSubtitleAlignment

	// Ignore this setting unless Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to
	// Enabled and Font color (FontColor) set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or
	// Hex. Use Apply font color (ApplyFontColor) for additional font color controls.
	// When you choose White text only (WHITE_TEXT_ONLY), or leave blank, your font
	// color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For example, if
	// your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red and white
	// text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you choose
	// ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions text.
	ApplyFontColor BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor

	// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color
	// (BackgroundColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled
	// to use the background color data from your input captions, if present.
	BackgroundColor BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

	// Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255,
	// where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough
	// (StylePassthrough) is set to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background
	// style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style
	// passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all
	// backgrounds from your output captions.
	BackgroundOpacity int32

	// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions when
	// your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When you
	// set Fallback font (FallbackFont) to best match (BEST_MATCH), or leave blank,
	// MediaConvert uses a supported font that most closely matches the font that your
	// input captions specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input
	// captions, MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches
	// best. When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font
	// to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
	FallbackFont BurninSubtitleFallbackFont

	// Specify the color of the burned-in captions text. Leave Font color (FontColor)
	// blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font
	// color data from your input captions, if present.
	FontColor BurninSubtitleFontColor

	// Specify the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	FontOpacity int32

	// Specify the Font resolution (FontResolution) in DPI (dots per inch).
	FontResolution int32

	// Set Font script (FontScript) to Automatically determined (AUTOMATIC), or leave
	// blank, to automatically determine the font script in your input captions.
	// Otherwise, set to Simplified Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if
	// your input font script uses Simplified or Traditional Chinese.
	FontScript FontScript

	// Specify the Font size (FontSize) in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to
	// 0, or leave blank, for automatic font size.
	FontSize int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your Font color is set to Hex. Enter either six or
	// eight hexidecimal digits, representing red, green, and blue, with two optional
	// extra digits for alpha. For example a value of 1122AABB is a red value of 0x11,
	// a green value of 0x22, a blue value of 0xAA, and an alpha value of 0xBB.
	HexFontColor *string

	// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color (OutlineColor) blank and set
	// Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font outline color
	// data from your input captions, if present.
	OutlineColor BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

	// Specify the Outline size (OutlineSize) of the caption text, in pixels. Leave
	// Outline size blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to
	// use the outline size data from your input captions, if present.
	OutlineSize int32

	// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color
	// (ShadowColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to
	// use the shadow color data from your input captions, if present.
	ShadowColor BurninSubtitleShadowColor

	// Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is
	// transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to
	// Enabled, leave Shadow opacity (ShadowOpacity) blank to pass through the shadow
	// style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style
	// passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all
	// shadows from your output captions.
	ShadowOpacity int32

	// Specify the horizontal offset of the shadow, relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	ShadowXOffset int32

	// Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A
	// value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave
	// Shadow y-offset (ShadowYOffset) blank and set Style passthrough
	// (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the shadow y-offset data from your input
	// captions, if present.
	ShadowYOffset int32

	// Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style,
	// color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses
	// default settings for any missing style and position information in your input
	// captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style
	// and position information from your input captions and use default settings:
	// white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic
	// sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose
	// to manually override any of the individual style and position settings.
	StylePassthrough BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough

	// Specify whether the text spacing (TeletextSpacing) in your captions is set by
	// the captions grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid
	// (FIXED_GRID) to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more
	// accurately. Choose proportional (PROPORTIONAL) to make the text easier to read
	// for closed captions.
	TeletextSpacing BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

	// Specify the horizontal position (XPosition) of the captions, relative to the
	// left side of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions
	// starting 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is
	// provided, the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment
	// parameter.
	XPosition int32

	// Specify the vertical position (YPosition) of the captions, relative to the top
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the
	// caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.
	YPosition int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to BURN_IN.

type BurninSubtitleAlignment

type BurninSubtitleAlignment string
const (
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered BurninSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft     BurninSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentAuto     BurninSubtitleAlignment = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleAlignment

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor

type BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor = "WHITE_TEXT_ONLY"
	BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText       BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor = "ALL_TEXT"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor

func (BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto  BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleFallbackFont

type BurninSubtitleFallbackFont string
const (
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch             BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "BEST_MATCH"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif   BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SANSSERIF"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif       BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SERIF"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SANSSERIF"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif     BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SERIF"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleFallbackFont

func (BurninSubtitleFallbackFont) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleFallbackFont. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleFontColor

type BurninSubtitleFontColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow BurninSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorRed    BurninSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue   BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorHex    BurninSubtitleFontColor = "HEX"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorAuto   BurninSubtitleFontColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleFontColor

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed    BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorAuto   BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone  BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorAuto  BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const (
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto         BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionDescription

type CaptionDescription struct {

	// Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each
	// input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption
	// Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from each
	// input.
	CaptionSelectorName *string

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information when automatically selecting the font script for
	// rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job
	// JSON, an instance of captions DestinationSettings is equivalent to one captions
	// tab in the console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions
	// track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a
	// set of output captions tracks. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes
	// this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This object holds groups of settings related to captions for one output. For each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions.

type CaptionDescriptionPreset

type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct {

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information when automatically selecting the font script for
	// rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job
	// JSON, an instance of captions DestinationSettings is equivalent to one captions
	// tab in the console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions
	// track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a
	// set of output captions tracks. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes
	// this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Description for preset

type CaptionDestinationSettings

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

	// Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in
	// writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video
	// content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as your
	// video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to BURN_IN.
	BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings

	// Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
	// is embedded without SCTE-20. Note that your choice of video output container
	// constrains your choice of output captions format. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/captions-support-tables.html.
	// If you are using SCTE-20 and you want to create an output that complies with the
	// SCTE-43 spec, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded (SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED). To create a
	// non-compliant output where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded
	// plus SCTE-20 (EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20).
	DestinationType CaptionDestinationType

	// Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same output
	// as your video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to DVB_SUB.
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or
	// ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your video.
	// For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to EMBEDDED,
	// EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20, or SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED.
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in
	// the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to IMSC.
	ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions in
	// a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the
	// same output group, but different output from your video. For more information,
	// see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to SCC.
	SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions in
	// a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the
	// same output group, but different output from your video. When you work directly
	// in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children
	// when you set destinationType to SRT.
	SrtDestinationSettings *SrtDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same
	// output as your video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to TELETEXT.
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in
	// the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to TTML.
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds
	// captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar
	// captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For
	// more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set destinationType to WebVTT.
	WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job JSON, an instance of captions DestinationSettings is equivalent to one captions tab in the console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.

type CaptionDestinationType

type CaptionDestinationType string
const (
	CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn             CaptionDestinationType = "BURN_IN"
	CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub             CaptionDestinationType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded           CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20"
	CaptionDestinationTypeImsc               CaptionDestinationType = "IMSC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded CaptionDestinationType = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScc                CaptionDestinationType = "SCC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSrt                CaptionDestinationType = "SRT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSmi                CaptionDestinationType = "SMI"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext           CaptionDestinationType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTtml               CaptionDestinationType = "TTML"
	CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt             CaptionDestinationType = "WEBVTT"
)

Enum values for CaptionDestinationType

func (CaptionDestinationType) Values

Values returns all known values for CaptionDestinationType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionSelector

type CaptionSelector struct {

	// The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3
	// three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field and/or PID
	// to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub and output is
	// Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select the caption
	// language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through, omit this
	// field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language with
	// pass-through captions.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete this
	// field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub
	// and output is Burn-in or SMPTE-TT, complete this field and/or PID to select the
	// caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through,
	// omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language
	// with pass-through captions.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
	// specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are
	// IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input.

type CaptionSourceFramerate

type CaptionSourceFramerate struct {

	// Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the
	// setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting
	// along with the setting Framerate numerator (framerateNumerator).
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the
	// setting Caption source frame rate (CaptionSourceFramerate). Use this setting
	// along with the setting Framerate denominator (framerateDenominator).
	FramerateNumerator int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as a fraction. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, use the settings framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.

type CaptionSourceSettings

type CaptionSourceSettings struct {

	// Settings for ancillary captions source.
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings

	// DVB Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings

	// Settings for embedded captions Source
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings

	// If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, WebVTT, or IMSC 1.1 in an
	// xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption
	// source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of
	// FileSoureSettings.
	FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings

	// Use Source (SourceType) to identify the format of your input captions. The
	// service cannot auto-detect caption format.
	SourceType CaptionSourceType

	// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings

	// Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
	// Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source
	// is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of
	// TrackSourceSettings.
	TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings

	// Settings specific to WebVTT sources in HLS alternative rendition group. Specify
	// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to
	// identify the unique subtitle track among the alternative rendition groups
	// present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks
	// match the specified properties, the job fails. If there is only one subtitle
	// track in the rendition group, the settings can be left empty and the default
	// subtitle track will be chosen. If your caption source is a sidecar file, use
	// FileSourceSettings instead of WebvttHlsSourceSettings.
	WebvttHlsSourceSettings *WebvttHlsSourceSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

type CaptionSourceType

type CaptionSourceType string
const (
	CaptionSourceTypeAncillary  CaptionSourceType = "ANCILLARY"
	CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub     CaptionSourceType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded   CaptionSourceType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionSourceTypeScte20     CaptionSourceType = "SCTE20"
	CaptionSourceTypeScc        CaptionSourceType = "SCC"
	CaptionSourceTypeTtml       CaptionSourceType = "TTML"
	CaptionSourceTypeStl        CaptionSourceType = "STL"
	CaptionSourceTypeSrt        CaptionSourceType = "SRT"
	CaptionSourceTypeSmi        CaptionSourceType = "SMI"
	CaptionSourceTypeSmpteTt    CaptionSourceType = "SMPTE_TT"
	CaptionSourceTypeTeletext   CaptionSourceType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionSourceTypeNullSource CaptionSourceType = "NULL_SOURCE"
	CaptionSourceTypeImsc       CaptionSourceType = "IMSC"
	CaptionSourceTypeWebvtt     CaptionSourceType = "WEBVTT"
)

Enum values for CaptionSourceType

func (CaptionSourceType) Values

Values returns all known values for CaptionSourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ChannelMapping

type ChannelMapping struct {

	// In your JSON job specification, include one child of OutputChannels for each
	// audio channel that you want in your output. Each child should contain one
	// instance of InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune.
	OutputChannels []OutputChannelMapping
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels. Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune to specify your remix values. Don't use both.

type CmafAdditionalManifest

type CmafAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is
	// film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the
	// nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create
	// unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each pair of HLS and DASH additional manifests that you want the service to generate for this CMAF output group. Each pair of manifests can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type CmafClientCache

type CmafClientCache string
const (
	CmafClientCacheDisabled CmafClientCache = "DISABLED"
	CmafClientCacheEnabled  CmafClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafClientCache

func (CmafClientCache) Values

func (CmafClientCache) Values() []CmafClientCache

Values returns all known values for CmafClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafCodecSpecification

type CmafCodecSpecification string
const (
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for CmafCodecSpecification

func (CmafCodecSpecification) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafEncryptionSettings

type CmafEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string

	// Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
	// your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample (SAMPLE-AES) or AES_CTR (AES-CTR).
	EncryptionMethod CmafEncryptionType

	// When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
	// 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
	InitializationVectorInManifest CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

	// If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
	// with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or
	// Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that
	// follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type CmafKeyProviderType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for CMAF encryption

type CmafEncryptionType

type CmafEncryptionType string
const (
	CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes CmafEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
	CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr    CmafEncryptionType = "AES_CTR"
)

Enum values for CmafEncryptionType

func (CmafEncryptionType) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafGroupSettings

type CmafGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest and one top
	// -level .mpd DASH manifest for each CMAF output group in your job. These default
	// manifests reference every output in the output group. To create additional
	// top-level manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output group,
	// specify a list of them here. For each additional manifest that you specify, the
	// service creates one HLS manifest and one DASH manifest.
	AdditionalManifests []CmafAdditionalManifest

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level
	// BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL than
	// the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled (ENABLED) and control caching in
	// your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache CmafClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification CmafCodecSpecification

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of the mp4 fragments. When you don't
	// specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2. Related setting: Use Fragment
	// length control (FragmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces
	// this value strictly.
	FragmentLength int32

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None (NONE), to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail (THUMBNAIL) to
	// generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame
	// (THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME) to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution
	// images of single frames. When you enable Write HLS manifest (WriteHlsManifest),
	// MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate
	// and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. When you enable Write
	// DASH manifest (WriteDashManifest), MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd
	// manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application for
	// these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that
	// MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku
	// specification:
	// https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay CmafImageBasedTrickPlay

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression CmafManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat CmafManifestDurationFormat

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime int32

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength float64

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you
	// choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose
	// On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control
	// (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE).
	MpdProfile CmafMpdProfile

	// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
	// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
	// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps
	// in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS (MATCH_INITIAL_PTS) when you
	// want MediaConvert to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the
	// manifest. Choose Zero-based (ZERO_BASED) to have MediaConvert ignore the initial
	// PTS in the video stream and instead write the initial time stamp as zero in the
	// manifest. For outputs that don't have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH
	// manifests start at zero regardless of your choice here.
	PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to
	// SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl CmafSegmentControl

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control
	// (SegmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value
	// strictly. Use Segment control (CmafSegmentControl) to specify whether
	// MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has
	// metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact
	// (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Segment length (SegmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames.
	// Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment
	// lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl CmafSegmentLengthControl

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution CmafStreamInfResolution

	// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
	// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to
	// SPEC\_COMPLIANT, the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest
	// integer value if fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and
	// rounded down if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client
	// needs to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual
	// duration of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback
	// when the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target
	// duration.
	TargetDurationCompatibilityMode CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

	// When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteDashManifest CmafWriteDASHManifest

	// When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteHlsManifest CmafWriteHLSManifest

	// When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests
	// (writeSegmentTimelineInRepresentation), your DASH manifest shows precise segment
	// durations. The segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline
	// element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When this feature
	// isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are approximate. The
	// segment duration information appears in the duration attribute of the
	// SegmentTemplate element.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlay

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlay string
const (
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayNone                  CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "NONE"
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail             CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL"
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced              CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "ADVANCED"
)

Enum values for CmafImageBasedTrickPlay

func (CmafImageBasedTrickPlay) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafImageBasedTrickPlay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to
	// FOLLOW_IFRAME, MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the
	// output (matching the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert
	// generates thumbnails according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence CmafIntervalCadence

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio would
	// lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be rejected.
	// Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight int32

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter 5,
	// MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval float64

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312. Must
	// be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between 2 and
	// 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and 512.
	TileWidth int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest string
const (
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafIntervalCadence

type CmafIntervalCadence string
const (
	CmafIntervalCadenceFollowIframe CmafIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"
	CmafIntervalCadenceFollowCustom CmafIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for CmafIntervalCadence

func (CmafIntervalCadence) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafIntervalCadence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafKeyProviderType

type CmafKeyProviderType string
const (
	CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke     CmafKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey CmafKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for CmafKeyProviderType

func (CmafKeyProviderType) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafKeyProviderType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafManifestCompression

type CmafManifestCompression string
const (
	CmafManifestCompressionGzip CmafManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	CmafManifestCompressionNone CmafManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestCompression

func (CmafManifestCompression) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafManifestDurationFormat

type CmafManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint CmafManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger       CmafManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestDurationFormat

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafMpdProfile

type CmafMpdProfile string
const (
	CmafMpdProfileMainProfile     CmafMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"
	CmafMpdProfileOnDemandProfile CmafMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

Enum values for CmafMpdProfile

func (CmafMpdProfile) Values

func (CmafMpdProfile) Values() []CmafMpdProfile

Values returns all known values for CmafMpdProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

type CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames string
const (
	CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased       CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "ZERO_BASED"
	CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "MATCH_INITIAL_PTS"
)

Enum values for CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

func (CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafSegmentControl

type CmafSegmentControl string
const (
	CmafSegmentControlSingleFile     CmafSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles CmafSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for CmafSegmentControl

func (CmafSegmentControl) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafSegmentLengthControl

type CmafSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	CmafSegmentLengthControlExact       CmafSegmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	CmafSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple CmafSegmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for CmafSegmentLengthControl

func (CmafSegmentLengthControl) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafStreamInfResolution

type CmafStreamInfResolution string
const (
	CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafStreamInfResolution

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

type CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode string
const (
	CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy        CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "LEGACY"
	CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "SPEC_COMPLIANT"
)

Enum values for CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

func (CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteDASHManifest

type CmafWriteDASHManifest string
const (
	CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled CmafWriteDASHManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled  CmafWriteDASHManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteDASHManifest

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteDASHManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteHLSManifest

type CmafWriteHLSManifest string
const (
	CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled CmafWriteHLSManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled  CmafWriteHLSManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteHLSManifest

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteHLSManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const (
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcAudioDuration

type CmfcAudioDuration string
const (
	CmfcAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration CmfcAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	CmfcAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   CmfcAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for CmfcAudioDuration

func (CmfcAudioDuration) Values

Values returns all known values for CmfcAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcAudioTrackType

type CmfcAudioTrackType string
const (
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault CmfcAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        CmfcAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     CmfcAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
)

Enum values for CmfcAudioTrackType

func (CmfcAudioTrackType) Values

Values returns all known values for CmfcAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

type CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag string
const (
	CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "DONT_FLAG"
	CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag     CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "FLAG"
)

Enum values for CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

func (CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag) Values

Values returns all known values for CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest

type CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest string
const (
	CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestInclude CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE"
	CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestExclude CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest

func (CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest) Values

Values returns all known values for CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcScte35Esam

type CmfcScte35Esam string
const (
	CmfcScte35EsamInsert CmfcScte35Esam = "INSERT"
	CmfcScte35EsamNone   CmfcScte35Esam = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcScte35Esam

func (CmfcScte35Esam) Values

func (CmfcScte35Esam) Values() []CmfcScte35Esam

Values returns all known values for CmfcScte35Esam. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcScte35Source

type CmfcScte35Source string
const (
	CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough CmfcScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CmfcScte35SourceNone        CmfcScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcScte35Source

func (CmfcScte35Source) Values

Values returns all known values for CmfcScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcSettings

type CmfcSettings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration CmfcAudioDuration

	// Specify the audio rendition group for this audio rendition. Specify up to one
	// value for each audio output in your output group. This value appears in your HLS
	// parent manifest in the EXT-X-MEDIA tag of TYPE=AUDIO, as the value for the
	// GROUP-ID attribute. For example, if you specify "audio_aac_1" for Audio group
	// ID, it appears in your manifest like this:
	// #EXT-X-MEDIA:TYPE=AUDIO,GROUP-ID="audio_aac_1". Related setting: To associate
	// the rendition group that this audio track belongs to with a video rendition,
	// include the same value that you provide here for that video output's setting
	// Audio rendition sets (audioRenditionSets).
	AudioGroupId *string

	// List the audio rendition groups that you want included with this video
	// rendition. Use a comma-separated list. For example, say you want to include the
	// audio rendition groups that have the audio group IDs "audio_aac_1" and
	// "audio_dolby". Then you would specify this value: "audio_aac_1,audio_dolby".
	// Related setting: The rendition groups that you include in your comma-separated
	// list should all match values that you specify in the setting Audio group ID
	// (AudioGroupId) for audio renditions in the same output group as this video
	// rendition. Default behavior: If you don't specify anything here and for Audio
	// group ID, MediaConvert puts each audio variant in its own audio rendition group
	// and associates it with every video variant. Each value in your list appears in
	// your HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag as the value for the AUDIO
	// attribute. To continue the previous example, say that the file name for the
	// child manifest for your video rendition is "amazing_video_1.m3u8". Then, in your
	// parent manifest, each value will appear on separate lines, like this:
	// #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_aac_1"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
	// #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_dolby"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
	AudioRenditionSets *string

	// Use this setting to control the values that MediaConvert puts in your HLS parent
	// playlist to control how the client player selects which audio track to play. The
	// other options for this setting determine the values that MediaConvert writes for
	// the DEFAULT and AUTOSELECT attributes of the EXT-X-MEDIA entry for the audio
	// variant. For more information about these attributes, see the Apple
	// documentation article
	// https://developer.apple.com/documentation/http_live_streaming/example_playlists_for_http_live_streaming/adding_alternate_media_to_a_playlist.
	// Choose Alternate audio, auto select, default
	// (ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT) to set DEFAULT=YES and AUTOSELECT=YES.
	// Choose this value for only one variant in your output group. Choose Alternate
	// audio, auto select, not default (ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT) to set DEFAULT=NO
	// and AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose Alternate Audio, Not Auto Select to set DEFAULT=NO
	// and AUTOSELECT=NO. When you don't specify a value for this setting, MediaConvert
	// defaults to Alternate audio, auto select, default. When there is more than one
	// variant in your output group, you must explicitly choose a value for this
	// setting.
	AudioTrackType CmfcAudioTrackType

	// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in
	// your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag (FLAG), MediaConvert includes the
	// parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag
	// (DONT_FLAG), MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with
	// accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple
	// documentation.
	DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

	// Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert generate an HLS child manifest
	// that lists only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular
	// manifest for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow
	// that creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the
	// I-frame only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent
	// manifest. When you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default
	// value Exclude (EXCLUDE).
	IFrameOnlyManifest CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT
	// to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify
	// in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam CmfcScte35Esam

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your
	// input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those
	// SCTE-35 markers in this output.
	Scte35Source CmfcScte35Source

	// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to
	// Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH). Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata
	// inserter (timedMetadataInsertion). MediaConvert writes each instance of ID3
	// metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude this ID3 metadata:
	// Set ID3 metadata to None (NONE) or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata CmfcTimedMetadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your CMAF outputs.

type CmfcTimedMetadata

type CmfcTimedMetadata string
const (
	CmfcTimedMetadataPassthrough CmfcTimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CmfcTimedMetadataNone        CmfcTimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcTimedMetadata

func (CmfcTimedMetadata) Values

Values returns all known values for CmfcTimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorCorrector

type ColorCorrector struct {

	// Brightness level.
	Brightness int32

	// Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports
	// conversion between HDR formats, between SDR formats, from SDR to HDR, and from
	// HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The
	// converted video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an
	// unconverted output. HDR to SDR conversion uses Elemental tone mapping technology
	// to approximate the outcome of manually regrading from HDR to SDR.
	ColorSpaceConversion ColorSpaceConversion

	// Contrast level.
	Contrast int32

	// Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the SMPTE
	// ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want signaled in
	// the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the
	// video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display
	// content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator. When
	// you set Color space conversion (ColorSpaceConversion) to HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10),
	// these settings are required. You must set values for Max frame average light
	// level (maxFrameAverageLightLevel) and Max content light level
	// (maxContentLightLevel); these settings don't have a default value. The default
	// values for the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color
	// space. For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata

	// Hue in degrees.
	Hue int32

	// Specify the video color sample range for this output. To create a full range
	// output, you must start with a full range YUV input and keep the default value,
	// None (NONE). To create a limited range output from a full range input, choose
	// Limited range (LIMITED_RANGE_SQUEEZE). With RGB inputs, your output is always
	// limited range, regardless of your choice here. When you create a limited range
	// output from a full range input, MediaConvert limits the active pixel values in a
	// way that depends on the output's bit depth: 8-bit outputs contain only values
	// from 16 through 235 and 10-bit outputs contain only values from 64 through 940.
	// With this conversion, MediaConvert also changes the output metadata to note the
	// limited range.
	SampleRangeConversion SampleRangeConversion

	// Saturation level.
	Saturation int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for color correction.

type ColorMetadata

type ColorMetadata string
const (
	ColorMetadataIgnore ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	ColorMetadataInsert ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for ColorMetadata

func (ColorMetadata) Values

func (ColorMetadata) Values() []ColorMetadata

Values returns all known values for ColorMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpace

type ColorSpace string
const (
	ColorSpaceFollow  ColorSpace = "FOLLOW"
	ColorSpaceRec601  ColorSpace = "REC_601"
	ColorSpaceRec709  ColorSpace = "REC_709"
	ColorSpaceHdr10   ColorSpace = "HDR10"
	ColorSpaceHlg2020 ColorSpace = "HLG_2020"
)

Enum values for ColorSpace

func (ColorSpace) Values

func (ColorSpace) Values() []ColorSpace

Values returns all known values for ColorSpace. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpaceConversion

type ColorSpaceConversion string
const (
	ColorSpaceConversionNone         ColorSpaceConversion = "NONE"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce601     ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_601"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce709     ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_709"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10   ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HDR10"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020 ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HLG_2020"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceConversion

func (ColorSpaceConversion) Values

Values returns all known values for ColorSpaceConversion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpaceUsage

type ColorSpaceUsage string
const (
	ColorSpaceUsageForce    ColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE"
	ColorSpaceUsageFallback ColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceUsage

func (ColorSpaceUsage) Values

func (ColorSpaceUsage) Values() []ColorSpaceUsage

Values returns all known values for ColorSpaceUsage. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Commitment

type Commitment string
const (
	CommitmentOneYear Commitment = "ONE_YEAR"
)

Enum values for Commitment

func (Commitment) Values

func (Commitment) Values() []Commitment

Values returns all known values for Commitment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ConflictException

type ConflictException struct {
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The service couldn't complete your request because there is a conflict with the current state of the resource.

func (*ConflictException) Error

func (e *ConflictException) Error() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorCode

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorFault

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ConflictException) ErrorMessage

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorMessage() string

type ContainerSettings

type ContainerSettings struct {

	// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your
	// CMAF outputs.
	CmfcSettings *CmfcSettings

	// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
	// If not specified, the default object will be created.
	Container ContainerType

	// Settings for F4v container
	F4vSettings *F4vSettings

	// MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when
	// the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In
	// these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport
	// stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata.
	// Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier
	// (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The
	// PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream
	// systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type
	// of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the
	// asset.
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings

	// These settings relate to the MPEG-2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS) container for
	// the MPEG2-TS segments in your HLS outputs.
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings

	// These settings relate to your QuickTime MOV output container.
	MovSettings *MovSettings

	// These settings relate to your MP4 output container. You can create audio only
	// outputs with this container. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/supported-codecs-containers-audio-only.html#output-codecs-and-containers-supported-for-audio-only.
	Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings

	// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your
	// DASH outputs.
	MpdSettings *MpdSettings

	// These settings relate to your MXF output container.
	MxfSettings *MxfSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container specific settings.

type ContainerType

type ContainerType string
const (
	ContainerTypeF4v  ContainerType = "F4V"
	ContainerTypeIsmv ContainerType = "ISMV"
	ContainerTypeM2ts ContainerType = "M2TS"
	ContainerTypeM3u8 ContainerType = "M3U8"
	ContainerTypeCmfc ContainerType = "CMFC"
	ContainerTypeMov  ContainerType = "MOV"
	ContainerTypeMp4  ContainerType = "MP4"
	ContainerTypeMpd  ContainerType = "MPD"
	ContainerTypeMxf  ContainerType = "MXF"
	ContainerTypeWebm ContainerType = "WEBM"
	ContainerTypeRaw  ContainerType = "RAW"
)

Enum values for ContainerType

func (ContainerType) Values

func (ContainerType) Values() []ContainerType

Values returns all known values for ContainerType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CopyProtectionAction

type CopyProtectionAction string
const (
	CopyProtectionActionPassthrough CopyProtectionAction = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CopyProtectionActionStrip       CopyProtectionAction = "STRIP"
)

Enum values for CopyProtectionAction

func (CopyProtectionAction) Values

Values returns all known values for CopyProtectionAction. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashAdditionalManifest

type DashAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your DASH group is
	// film-name.mpd. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.mpd.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each additional DASH manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on
	// obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
	// Choose Unencrypted SEI (UNENCRYPTED_SEI) only to correct problems with playback
	// on older devices. Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1 (CENC_V1). If you
	// choose Unencrypted SEI, for that output, the service will exclude the access
	// unit delimiter and will leave the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
	PlaybackDeviceCompatibility DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.

type DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri

type DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri string
const (
	DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriMpegChannelConfiguration  DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri = "MPEG_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION"
	DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriDolbyChannelConfiguration DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri = "DOLBY_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION"
)

Enum values for DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri

func (DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoGroupSettings

type DashIsoGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one .mpd DASH manifest for each DASH ISO output
	// group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the output
	// group. To create additional DASH manifests that reference a subset of the
	// outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []DashAdditionalManifest

	// Use this setting only when your audio codec is a Dolby one (AC3, EAC3, or Atmos)
	// and your downstream workflow requires that your DASH manifest use the Dolby
	// channel configuration tag, rather than the MPEG one. For example, you might need
	// to use this to make dynamic ad insertion work. Specify which audio channel
	// configuration scheme ID URI MediaConvert writes in your DASH manifest. Keep the
	// default value, MPEG channel configuration (MPEG_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION), to have
	// MediaConvert write this: urn:mpeg:mpegB:cicp:ChannelConfiguration. Choose Dolby
	// channel configuration (DOLBY_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION) to have MediaConvert write
	// this instead: tag:dolby.com,2014:dash:audio_channel_configuration:2011.
	AudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the top
	// level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL
	// than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be compatible
	// with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next keyframe
	// after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer. When Emit
	// Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single output file
	// and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other output
	// types.
	FragmentLength int32

	// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
	HbbtvCompliance DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None (NONE), to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail (THUMBNAIL) to
	// generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame
	// (THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME) to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution
	// images of single frames. MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for
	// each set of images that you generate. A common application for these images is
	// Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates
	// with this feature are compatible with this Roku specification:
	// https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime int32

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength float64

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile (MAIN_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd DASH manifest. When you
	// choose On-demand (ON_DEMAND_PROFILE), the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose
	// On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control
	// (SegmentControl) to Single file (SINGLE_FILE).
	MpdProfile DashIsoMpdProfile

	// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
	// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
	// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps
	// in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS (MATCH_INITIAL_PTS) when you
	// want MediaConvert to use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the
	// manifest. Choose Zero-based (ZERO_BASED) to have MediaConvert ignore the initial
	// PTS in the video stream and instead write the initial time stamp as zero in the
	// manifest. For outputs that don't have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH
	// manifests start at zero regardless of your choice here.
	PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to
	// SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl DashIsoSegmentControl

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert defaults to 30. Related settings: Use Segment length control
	// (SegmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value
	// strictly. Use Segment control (DashIsoSegmentControl) to specify whether
	// MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has
	// metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact
	// (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Segment length (SegmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames.
	// Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment
	// lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl DashIsoSegmentLengthControl

	// If you get an HTTP error in the 400 range when you play back your DASH output,
	// enable this setting and run your transcoding job again. When you enable this
	// setting, the service writes precise segment durations in the DASH manifest. The
	// segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside
	// SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When you don't enable this setting,
	// the service writes approximate segment durations in your DASH manifest.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance string
const (
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "HBBTV_1_5"
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone    DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "NONE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay string
const (
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayNone                  DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "NONE"
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail             DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL"
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced              DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "ADVANCED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay

func (DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to
	// FOLLOW_IFRAME, MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the
	// output (matching the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert
	// generates thumbnails according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence DashIsoIntervalCadence

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio would
	// lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be rejected.
	// Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight int32

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter 5,
	// MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval float64

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312. Must
	// be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between 2 and
	// 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and 512.
	TileWidth int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED

type DashIsoIntervalCadence

type DashIsoIntervalCadence string
const (
	DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowIframe DashIsoIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"
	DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowCustom DashIsoIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for DashIsoIntervalCadence

func (DashIsoIntervalCadence) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoIntervalCadence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoMpdProfile

type DashIsoMpdProfile string
const (
	DashIsoMpdProfileMainProfile     DashIsoMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"
	DashIsoMpdProfileOnDemandProfile DashIsoMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoMpdProfile

func (DashIsoMpdProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoMpdProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility string
const (
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1         DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "CENC_V1"
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI"
)

Enum values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

type DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames string
const (
	DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased       DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "ZERO_BASED"
	DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "MATCH_INITIAL_PTS"
)

Enum values for DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

func (DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoSegmentControl

type DashIsoSegmentControl string
const (
	DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile     DashIsoSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles DashIsoSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for DashIsoSegmentControl

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoSegmentLengthControl

type DashIsoSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	DashIsoSegmentLengthControlExact       DashIsoSegmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	DashIsoSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple DashIsoSegmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoSegmentLengthControl

func (DashIsoSegmentLengthControl) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const (
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values

Values returns all known values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DecryptionMode

type DecryptionMode string
const (
	DecryptionModeAesCtr DecryptionMode = "AES_CTR"
	DecryptionModeAesCbc DecryptionMode = "AES_CBC"
	DecryptionModeAesGcm DecryptionMode = "AES_GCM"
)

Enum values for DecryptionMode

func (DecryptionMode) Values

func (DecryptionMode) Values() []DecryptionMode

Values returns all known values for DecryptionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm string
const (
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate       DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend             DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker       DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND_TICKER"
)

Enum values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Deinterlacer

type Deinterlacer struct {

	// Only applies when you set Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to Deinterlace
	// (DEINTERLACE) or Adaptive (ADAPTIVE). Motion adaptive interpolate (INTERPOLATE)
	// produces sharper pictures, while blend (BLEND) produces smoother motion. Use
	// (INTERPOLATE_TICKER) OR (BLEND_TICKER) if your source file includes a ticker,
	// such as a scrolling headline at the bottom of the frame.
	Algorithm DeinterlaceAlgorithm

	// * When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that
	// are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are
	// tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
	// converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as
	// progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata
	// has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on
	// otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will
	// probably result in lower quality video.
	Control DeinterlacerControl

	// Use Deinterlacer (DeinterlaceMode) to choose how the service will do
	// deinterlacing. Default is Deinterlace. - Deinterlace converts interlaced to
	// progressive. - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive
	// 23.976p. - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
	Mode DeinterlacerMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for deinterlacer

type DeinterlacerControl

type DeinterlacerControl string
const (
	DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames DeinterlacerControl = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES"
	DeinterlacerControlNormal         DeinterlacerControl = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerControl

func (DeinterlacerControl) Values

Values returns all known values for DeinterlacerControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeinterlacerMode

type DeinterlacerMode string
const (
	DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace     DeinterlacerMode = "DEINTERLACE"
	DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine DeinterlacerMode = "INVERSE_TELECINE"
	DeinterlacerModeAdaptive        DeinterlacerMode = "ADAPTIVE"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerMode

func (DeinterlacerMode) Values

Values returns all known values for DeinterlacerMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DescribeEndpointsMode

type DescribeEndpointsMode string
const (
	DescribeEndpointsModeDefault DescribeEndpointsMode = "DEFAULT"
	DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly DescribeEndpointsMode = "GET_ONLY"
)

Enum values for DescribeEndpointsMode

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) Values

Values returns all known values for DescribeEndpointsMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DestinationSettings

type DestinationSettings struct {

	// Settings associated with S3 destination
	S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of destination

type DolbyVision

type DolbyVision struct {

	// Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the
	// MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.
	L6Metadata *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata

	// Use Dolby Vision Mode to choose how the service will handle Dolby Vision MaxCLL
	// and MaxFALL properies.
	L6Mode DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

	// In the current MediaConvert implementation, the Dolby Vision profile is always 5
	// (PROFILE_5). Therefore, all of your inputs must contain Dolby Vision frame
	// interleaved data.
	Profile DolbyVisionProfile
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

With AWS Elemental MediaConvert, you can create profile 5 Dolby Vision outputs from MXF and IMF sources that contain mastering information as frame-interleaved Dolby Vision metadata.

type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata

type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata struct {

	// Maximum Content Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// brightest pixel in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxCll int32

	// Maximum Frame-Average Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// highest frame-average brightness in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxFall int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.

type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode string
const (
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "PASSTHROUGH"
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "RECALCULATE"
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify     DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "SPECIFY"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

func (DolbyVisionLevel6Mode) Values

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DolbyVisionProfile

type DolbyVisionProfile string
const (
	DolbyVisionProfileProfile5 DolbyVisionProfile = "PROFILE_5"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionProfile

func (DolbyVisionProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DropFrameTimecode

type DropFrameTimecode string
const (
	DropFrameTimecodeDisabled DropFrameTimecode = "DISABLED"
	DropFrameTimecodeEnabled  DropFrameTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for DropFrameTimecode

func (DropFrameTimecode) Values

Values returns all known values for DropFrameTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbNitSettings

type DvbNitSettings struct {

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	NetworkId int32

	// The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	NetworkName *string

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	NitInterval int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.

type DvbSdtSettings

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT
	// information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the
	// user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
	// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
	OutputSdt OutputSdt

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	SdtInterval int32

	// The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string

	// The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

	// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center of the
	// output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to the bottom
	// left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the
	// alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered)
	// relative to those coordinates. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	Alignment DvbSubtitleAlignment

	// Ignore this setting unless Style Passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to
	// Enabled and Font color (FontColor) set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or
	// Hex. Use Apply font color (ApplyFontColor) for additional font color controls.
	// When you choose White text only (WHITE_TEXT_ONLY), or leave blank, your font
	// color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For example, if
	// your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red and white
	// text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you choose
	// ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions text.
	ApplyFontColor DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor

	// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color
	// (BackgroundColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled
	// to use the background color data from your input captions, if present.
	BackgroundColor DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

	// Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255,
	// where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough
	// (StylePassthrough) is set to enabled, leave blank to pass through the background
	// style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style
	// passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all
	// backgrounds from your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your
	// DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	BackgroundOpacity int32

	// Specify how MediaConvert handles the display definition segment (DDS). Keep the
	// default, None (NONE), to exclude the DDS from this set of captions. Choose No
	// display window (NO_DISPLAY_WINDOW) to have MediaConvert include the DDS but not
	// include display window data. In this case, MediaConvert writes that information
	// to the page composition segment (PCS) instead. Choose Specify (SPECIFIED) to
	// have MediaConvert set up the display window based on the values that you specify
	// in related job settings. For video resolutions that are 576 pixels or smaller in
	// height, MediaConvert doesn't include the DDS, regardless of the value you choose
	// for DDS handling (ddsHandling). In this case, it doesn't write the display
	// window data to the PCS either. Related settings: Use the settings DDS
	// x-coordinate (ddsXCoordinate) and DDS y-coordinate (ddsYCoordinate) to specify
	// the offset between the top left corner of the display window and the top left
	// corner of the video frame. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	DdsHandling DvbddsHandling

	// Use this setting, along with DDS y-coordinate (ddsYCoordinate), to specify the
	// upper left corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With
	// this setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the left side of the
	// frame and the left side of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to
	// have MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you
	// use this setting, you must set DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than
	// None (NONE). MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page
	// position data to the DDS or to the page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	DdsXCoordinate int32

	// Use this setting, along with DDS x-coordinate (ddsXCoordinate), to specify the
	// upper left corner of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With
	// this setting, specify the distance, in pixels, between the top of the frame and
	// the top of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have
	// MediaConvert automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use
	// this setting, you must set DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None
	// (NONE). MediaConvert uses these values to determine whether to write page
	// position data to the DDS or to the page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in
	// and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	DdsYCoordinate int32

	// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions when
	// your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When you
	// set Fallback font (FallbackFont) to best match (BEST_MATCH), or leave blank,
	// MediaConvert uses a supported font that most closely matches the font that your
	// input captions specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input
	// captions, MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches
	// best. When you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font
	// to replace all unsupported fonts from your input.
	FallbackFont DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont

	// Specify the color of the captions text. Leave Font color (FontColor) blank and
	// set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font color data
	// from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your
	// DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontColor DvbSubtitleFontColor

	// Specify the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontOpacity int32

	// Specify the Font resolution (FontResolution) in DPI (dots per inch). Within your
	// job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontResolution int32

	// Set Font script (FontScript) to Automatically determined (AUTOMATIC), or leave
	// blank, to automatically determine the font script in your input captions.
	// Otherwise, set to Simplified Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if
	// your input font script uses Simplified or Traditional Chinese. Within your job
	// settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontScript FontScript

	// Specify the Font size (FontSize) in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to
	// 0, or leave blank, for automatic font size. Within your job settings, all of
	// your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontSize int32

	// Specify the height, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default
	// value is 576 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set
	// DDS handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None (NONE). All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Height int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your Font color is set to Hex. Enter either six or
	// eight hexidecimal digits, representing red, green, and blue, with two optional
	// extra digits for alpha. For example a value of 1122AABB is a red value of 0x11,
	// a green value of 0x22, a blue value of 0xAA, and an alpha value of 0xBB.
	HexFontColor *string

	// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color (OutlineColor) blank and set
	// Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the font outline color
	// data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your
	// DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	OutlineColor DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

	// Specify the Outline size (OutlineSize) of the caption text, in pixels. Leave
	// Outline size blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to
	// use the outline size data from your input captions, if present. Within your job
	// settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	OutlineSize int32

	// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color
	// (ShadowColor) blank and set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to enabled to
	// use the shadow color data from your input captions, if present. Within your job
	// settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowColor DvbSubtitleShadowColor

	// Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is
	// transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) is set to
	// Enabled, leave Shadow opacity (ShadowOpacity) blank to pass through the shadow
	// style information in your input captions to your output captions. If Style
	// passthrough is set to disabled, leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all
	// shadows from your output captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	ShadowOpacity int32

	// Specify the horizontal offset of the shadow, relative to the captions in pixels.
	// A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. Within your
	// job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowXOffset int32

	// Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A
	// value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave
	// Shadow y-offset (ShadowYOffset) blank and set Style passthrough
	// (StylePassthrough) to enabled to use the shadow y-offset data from your input
	// captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings
	// must be identical.
	ShadowYOffset int32

	// Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style,
	// color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses
	// default settings for any missing style and position information in your input
	// captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style
	// and position information from your input captions and use default settings:
	// white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and automatic
	// sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can also choose
	// to manually override any of the individual style and position settings.
	StylePassthrough DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough

	// Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired. Choose
	// hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and dialogue.
	// Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
	SubtitlingType DvbSubtitlingType

	// Specify whether the Text spacing (TeletextSpacing) in your captions is set by
	// the captions grid, or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid
	// (FIXED_GRID) to conform to the spacing specified in the captions file more
	// accurately. Choose proportional (PROPORTIONAL) to make the text easier to read
	// for closed captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must
	// be identical.
	TeletextSpacing DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

	// Specify the width, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default value
	// is 720 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set DDS
	// handling (ddsHandling) to a value other than None (NONE). All burn-in and
	// DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	Width int32

	// Specify the horizontal position (XPosition) of the captions, relative to the
	// left side of the outputin pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions
	// starting 10 pixels from the left ofthe output. If no explicit x_position is
	// provided, the horizontal caption position will bedetermined by the alignment
	// parameter. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be
	// identical.
	XPosition int32

	// Specify the vertical position (YPosition) of the captions, relative to the top
	// of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the
	// caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. Within your job
	// settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	YPosition int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to DVB_SUB.

type DvbSubSourceSettings

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source
	// content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through,
	// regardless of selectors.
	Pid int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Sub Source Settings

type DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont

type DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont string
const (
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch             DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "BEST_MATCH"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif   DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SANSSERIF"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif       DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SERIF"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SANSSERIF"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif     DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SERIF"
)

Enum values for DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont

func (DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleAlignment

type DvbSubtitleAlignment string
const (
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered DvbSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft     DvbSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentAuto     DvbSubtitleAlignment = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleAlignment

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor

type DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor = "WHITE_TEXT_ONLY"
	DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText       DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor = "ALL_TEXT"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor

func (DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto  DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleFontColor

type DvbSubtitleFontColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow DvbSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorRed    DvbSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue   DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorHex    DvbSubtitleFontColor = "HEX"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorAuto   DvbSubtitleFontColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleFontColor

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed    DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorAuto   DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone  DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorAuto  DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough

type DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough string
const (
	DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled  DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough

func (DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const (
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto         DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitlingType

type DvbSubtitlingType string
const (
	DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired DvbSubtitlingType = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard        DvbSubtitlingType = "STANDARD"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitlingType

func (DvbSubtitlingType) Values

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitlingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbTdtSettings

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	TdtInterval int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.

type DvbddsHandling

type DvbddsHandling string
const (
	DvbddsHandlingNone            DvbddsHandling = "NONE"
	DvbddsHandlingSpecified       DvbddsHandling = "SPECIFIED"
	DvbddsHandlingNoDisplayWindow DvbddsHandling = "NO_DISPLAY_WINDOW"
)

Enum values for DvbddsHandling

func (DvbddsHandling) Values

func (DvbddsHandling) Values() []DvbddsHandling

Values returns all known values for DvbddsHandling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingModeAuto Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_AUTO"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode514  Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1_4"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode714  Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_7_1_4"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916  Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled  Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDownmixControl

type Eac3AtmosDownmixControl string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDownmixControlSpecified            Eac3AtmosDownmixControl = "SPECIFIED"
	Eac3AtmosDownmixControlInitializeFromSource Eac3AtmosDownmixControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDownmixControl

func (Eac3AtmosDownmixControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDownmixControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlSpecified            Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl = "SPECIFIED"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlInitializeFromSource Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA       Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "LEQ_A"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSettings

type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate for this output in bits per second. Valid values:
	// 384k, 448k, 576k, 640k, 768k, 1024k Default value: 448k Note that MediaConvert
	// supports 384k only with channel-based immersive (CBI) 7.1.4 and 5.1.4 inputs.
	// For CBI 9.1.6 and other input types, MediaConvert automatically increases your
	// output bitrate to 448k.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

	// The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos).
	CodingMode Eac3AtmosCodingMode

	// Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue
	// analysis.
	DialogueIntelligence Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

	// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any downmix metadata from your input
	// file. Keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) to provide downmix values in
	// your job settings. Choose Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the
	// metadata from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify your
	// downmix values: Left only/Right only surround (LoRoSurroundMixLevel), Left
	// total/Right total surround (LtRtSurroundMixLevel), Left total/Right total center
	// (LtRtCenterMixLevel), Left only/Right only center (LoRoCenterMixLevel), and
	// Stereo downmix (StereoDownmix). When you keep Custom (SPECIFIED) for Downmix
	// control (DownmixControl) and you don't specify values for the related settings,
	// MediaConvert uses default values for those settings.
	DownmixControl Eac3AtmosDownmixControl

	// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when
	// encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the line operating mode. Default
	// value: Film light (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_COMPR_FILM_LIGHT) Related setting: To have
	// MediaConvert use the value you specify here, keep the default value, Custom
	// (SPECIFIED) for the setting Dynamic range control (DynamicRangeControl).
	// Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression line
	// (DynamicRangeCompressionLine). For information about the Dolby DRC operating
	// modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata
	// Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses when
	// encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the RF operating mode. Default
	// value: Film light (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_COMPR_FILM_LIGHT) Related setting: To have
	// MediaConvert use the value you specify here, keep the default value, Custom
	// (SPECIFIED) for the setting Dynamic range control (DynamicRangeControl).
	// Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression RF
	// (DynamicRangeCompressionRf). For information about the Dolby DRC operating modes
	// and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide
	// at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any dynamic range control metadata from
	// your input file. Keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED), to provide dynamic
	// range control values in your job settings. Choose Follow source
	// (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE) to use the metadata from your input. Related
	// settings--Use these settings to specify your dynamic range control values:
	// Dynamic range compression line (DynamicRangeCompressionLine) and Dynamic range
	// compression RF (DynamicRangeCompressionRf). When you keep the value Custom
	// (SPECIFIED) for Dynamic range control (DynamicRangeControl) and you don't
	// specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses default values for
	// those settings.
	DynamicRangeControl Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default
	// value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0,
	// -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related setting: How the service uses this value
	// depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value,
	// keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control
	// (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only center
	// (LoRoCenterMixLevel).
	LoRoCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3
	// dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0,
	// and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses
	// this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value,
	// keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control
	// (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only surround
	// (LoRoSurroundMixLevel).
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default
	// value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB) Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0,
	// -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related setting: How the service uses this value
	// depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value,
	// keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix control
	// (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Left total/Right total center
	// (LtRtCenterMixLevel).
	LtRtCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// Default value: -3 dB (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_MIXLEV_MINUS_3_DB) Valid values: -1.5,
	// -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How
	// the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix). Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this
	// value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting Downmix
	// control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, the service ignores Left total/Right total
	// surround (LtRtSurroundMixLevel).
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel float64

	// Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
	MeteringMode Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32

	// Specify the percentage of audio content, from 0% to 100%, that must be speech in
	// order for the encoder to use the measured speech loudness as the overall program
	// loudness. Default value: 15%
	SpeechThreshold int32

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. Default value: Not indicated
	// (ATMOS_STORAGE_DDP_DMIXMOD_NOT_INDICATED) Related setting: To have MediaConvert
	// use this value, keep the default value, Custom (SPECIFIED) for the setting
	// Downmix control (DownmixControl). Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Stereo downmix
	// (StereoDownmix).
	StereoDownmix Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

	// Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
	// matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3_ATMOS.

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo       Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "STEREO"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround     Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "SURROUND"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AttenuationControl

type Eac3AttenuationControl string
const (
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone         Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3AttenuationControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3BitstreamMode

type Eac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3CodingMode

type Eac3CodingMode string
const (
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Enum values for Eac3CodingMode

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values() []Eac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DcFilter

type Eac3DcFilter string
const (
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled  Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3DcFilter

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values() []Eac3DcFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3DcFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeControl

type Eac3LfeControl string
const (
	Eac3LfeControlLfe   Eac3LfeControl = "LFE"
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeControl

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values() []Eac3LfeControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeFilter

type Eac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled  Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values() []Eac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3MetadataControl

type Eac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PassthroughControl

type Eac3PassthroughControl string
const (
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible  Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3PassthroughControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PhaseControl

type Eac3PhaseControl string
const (
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift        Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT"
)

Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3PhaseControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3Settings

type Eac3Settings struct {

	// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid bitrates depend on the
	// coding mode.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Eac3CodingMode

	// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter Eac3DcFilter

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm int32

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
	// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores
	// any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile
	// (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC
	// operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby
	// Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
	// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value
	// you provide for Dynamic range compression profile
	// (DynamicRangeCompressionProfile). For information about the Dolby Digital DRC
	// operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control chapter of the Dolby
	// Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
	LfeControl Eac3LfeControl

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid
	// with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How
	// the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5,
	// -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center (loRoCenterMixLevel).
	LoRoCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only (Lo/Ro surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the
	// service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix
	// (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value
	// -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value
	// of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting Coding mode
	// (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service
	// ignores Left only/Right only surround (loRoSurroundMixLevel).
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo
	// downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5,
	// -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center (ltRtCenterMixLevel).
	LtRtCenterMixLevel float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for
	// downmixing. How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix). Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0,
	// and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting applies only if you keep
	// the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the setting
	// Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding mode,
	// the service ignores Left total/Right total surround (ltRtSurroundMixLevel).
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel float64

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl

	// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+
	// output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl

	// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used
	// for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs (CODING_MODE_3_2) for the
	// setting Coding mode (Eac3CodingMode). If you choose a different value for Coding
	// mode, the service ignores Stereo downmix (Eac3StereoDownmix).
	StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is
	// matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the
	// two channels.
	SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value EAC3.

type Eac3StereoDownmix

type Eac3StereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT"
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3StereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundExMode

type Eac3SurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundMode

type Eac3SurroundMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedConvert608To708

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string
const (
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled  EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output
	// captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions
	// channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that aren't
	// in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination608ChannelNumber int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want both
	// 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify the 708
	// service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different number for
	// each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert
	// (Convert608To708) to Upconvert (UPCONVERT) in your input captions selector
	// settings. If you choose to upconvert but don't specify a 708 service number,
	// MediaConvert uses the number that you specify for CC channel number
	// (destination608ChannelNumber) for the 708 service number. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination708ServiceNumber int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to EMBEDDED, EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20, or SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED.

type EmbeddedSourceSettings

type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the
	// captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608
	// data into 708.
	Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber int32

	// Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system only
	// supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'.
	Source608TrackNumber int32

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each
	// input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this
	// setting.
	TerminateCaptions EmbeddedTerminateCaptions
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for embedded captions Source

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions string
const (
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled   EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) Values

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedTimecodeOverride

type EmbeddedTimecodeOverride string
const (
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideNone    EmbeddedTimecodeOverride = "NONE"
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideUseMdpm EmbeddedTimecodeOverride = "USE_MDPM"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedTimecodeOverride

func (EmbeddedTimecodeOverride) Values

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedTimecodeOverride. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Endpoint

type Endpoint struct {

	// URL of endpoint
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an account-specific API endpoint.

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML document inside your
	// JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The
	// transcoder will use the Manifest Conditioning instructions in the message that
	// you supply.
	MccXml *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

type EsamSettings

type EsamSettings struct {

	// Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per
	// OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning
	// instructions that you provide in the setting MCC XML (mccXml).
	ManifestConfirmConditionNotification *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification

	// Specifies the stream distance, in milliseconds, between the SCTE 35 messages
	// that the transcoder places and the splice points that they refer to. If the time
	// between the start of the asset and the SCTE-35 message is less than this value,
	// then the transcoder places the SCTE-35 marker at the beginning of the stream.
	ResponseSignalPreroll int32

	// Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per
	// OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the signal processing
	// instructions that you provide in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	SignalProcessingNotification *EsamSignalProcessingNotification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion, you can ignore these settings.

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job
	// settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder
	// will use the signal processing instructions in the message that you supply.
	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON job
	// settings. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place
	// SCTE-35 markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document, you
	// must also enable SCTE-35 ESAM (scte35Esam). Note that you can either specify an
	// ESAM XML document or enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both.
	SccXml *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ESAM SignalProcessingNotification data defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

type ExtendedDataServices

type ExtendedDataServices struct {

	// The action to take on copy and redistribution control XDS packets. If you select
	// PASSTHROUGH, packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any packets will
	// be removed in output captions.
	CopyProtectionAction CopyProtectionAction

	// The action to take on content advisory XDS packets. If you select PASSTHROUGH,
	// packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any packets will be removed in
	// output captions.
	VchipAction VchipAction
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets. You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output. For more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5 05h Content Advisory.

type F4vMoovPlacement

type F4vMoovPlacement string
const (
	F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload F4vMoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	F4vMoovPlacementNormal              F4vMoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for F4vMoovPlacement

func (F4vMoovPlacement) Values

Values returns all known values for F4vMoovPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type F4vSettings

type F4vSettings struct {

	// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of
	// the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed
	// normally at the end.
	MoovPlacement F4vMoovPlacement
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for F4v container

type FileGroupSettings

type FileGroupSettings struct {

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group of settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming package. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type FileSourceConvert608To708

type FileSourceConvert608To708 string
const (
	FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled  FileSourceConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for FileSourceConvert608To708

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) Values

Values returns all known values for FileSourceConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FileSourceSettings

type FileSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert (UPCONVERT), MediaConvert includes the
	// captions data in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608
	// compatibility bytes fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608
	// data into 708.
	Convert608To708 FileSourceConvert608To708

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the
	// service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and
	// input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as
	// a fraction. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, use the
	// settings framerateNumerator and framerateDenominator. For example, you might
	// specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or
	// 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
	Framerate *CaptionSourceFramerate

	// External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions are
	// 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', 'xml', 'smi', 'webvtt', and 'vtt'.
	SourceFile *string

	// Optional. Use this setting when you need to adjust the sync between your sidecar
	// captions and your video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/time-delta-use-cases.html.
	// Enter a positive or negative number to modify the times in the captions file.
	// For example, type 15 to add 15 seconds to all the times in the captions file.
	// Type -5 to subtract 5 seconds from the times in the captions file. You can
	// optionally specify your time delta in milliseconds instead of seconds. When you
	// do so, set the related setting, Time delta units (TimeDeltaUnits) to
	// Milliseconds (MILLISECONDS). Note that, when you specify a time delta for
	// timecode-based caption sources, such as SCC and STL, and your time delta isn't a
	// multiple of the input frame rate, MediaConvert snaps the captions to the nearest
	// frame. For example, when your input video frame rate is 25 fps and you specify
	// 1010ms for time delta, MediaConvert delays your captions by 1000 ms.
	TimeDelta int32

	// When you use the setting Time delta (TimeDelta) to adjust the sync between your
	// sidecar captions and your video, use this setting to specify the units for the
	// delta that you specify. When you don't specify a value for Time delta units
	// (TimeDeltaUnits), MediaConvert uses seconds by default.
	TimeDeltaUnits FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, WebVTT, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

type FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits

type FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits string
const (
	FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsSeconds      FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits = "SECONDS"
	FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsMilliseconds FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits = "MILLISECONDS"
)

Enum values for FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits

func (FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits) Values

Values returns all known values for FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FontScript

type FontScript string
const (
	FontScriptAutomatic FontScript = "AUTOMATIC"
	FontScriptHans      FontScript = "HANS"
	FontScriptHant      FontScript = "HANT"
)

Enum values for FontScript

func (FontScript) Values

func (FontScript) Values() []FontScript

Values returns all known values for FontScript. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ForbiddenException

type ForbiddenException struct {
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You don't have permissions for this action with the credentials you sent.

func (*ForbiddenException) Error

func (e *ForbiddenException) Error() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorCode

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorFault

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage() string

type FrameCaptureSettings

type FrameCaptureSettings struct {

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame
	// every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of
	// framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per
	// second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named
	// as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number of each Capture.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame
	// every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of
	// framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per
	// second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named
	// as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame sequence number zero padded
	// to 7 decimal places.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files).
	MaxCaptures int32

	// JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality.
	Quality int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.

type H264AdaptiveQuantization

type H264AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H264AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264CodecLevel

type H264CodecLevel string
const (
	H264CodecLevelAuto    H264CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H264CodecLevelLevel1  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel11 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel12 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel13 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel2  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel21 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel22 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel3  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel31 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel32 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel4  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H264CodecLevelLevel41 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel42 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel5  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H264CodecLevelLevel51 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel52 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
)

Enum values for H264CodecLevel

func (H264CodecLevel) Values

func (H264CodecLevel) Values() []H264CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for H264CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264CodecProfile

type H264CodecProfile string
const (
	H264CodecProfileBaseline     H264CodecProfile = "BASELINE"
	H264CodecProfileHigh         H264CodecProfile = "HIGH"
	H264CodecProfileHigh10bit    H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileHigh422      H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422"
	H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileMain         H264CodecProfile = "MAIN"
)

Enum values for H264CodecProfile

func (H264CodecProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for H264CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264DynamicSubGop

type H264DynamicSubGop string
const (
	H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive H264DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H264DynamicSubGopStatic   H264DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H264DynamicSubGop

func (H264DynamicSubGop) Values

Values returns all known values for H264DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264EntropyEncoding

type H264EntropyEncoding string
const (
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values

Values returns all known values for H264EntropyEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FieldEncoding

type H264FieldEncoding string
const (
	H264FieldEncodingPaff       H264FieldEncoding = "PAFF"
	H264FieldEncodingForceField H264FieldEncoding = "FORCE_FIELD"
	H264FieldEncodingMbaff      H264FieldEncoding = "MBAFF"
)

Enum values for H264FieldEncoding

func (H264FieldEncoding) Values

Values returns all known values for H264FieldEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateControl

type H264FramerateControl string
const (
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264FramerateControlSpecified            H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateControl

func (H264FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopBReference

type H264GopBReference string
const (
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled  H264GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264GopBReference

func (H264GopBReference) Values

Values returns all known values for H264GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopSizeUnits

type H264GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames  H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
	H264GopSizeUnitsAuto    H264GopSizeUnits = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values

Values returns all known values for H264GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264InterlaceMode

type H264InterlaceMode string
const (
	H264InterlaceModeProgressive       H264InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H264InterlaceModeTopField          H264InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeBottomField       H264InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H264InterlaceMode

func (H264InterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H264InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ParControl

type H264ParControl string
const (
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264ParControlSpecified            H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264ParControl

func (H264ParControl) Values

func (H264ParControl) Values() []H264ParControl

Values returns all known values for H264ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QualityTuningLevel

type H264QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H264QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H264QualityTuningLevel

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for H264QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QvbrSettings

type H264QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level is
	// Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of your
	// input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of this
	// output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video
	// element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of
	// seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate int32

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode (RateControlMode) to QVBR.
	// Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the
	// right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video
	// quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert
	// picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If
	// you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use
	// higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless
	// compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between
	// 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a
	// value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your
	// QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).

type H264RateControlMode

type H264RateControlMode string
const (
	H264RateControlModeVbr  H264RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H264RateControlModeCbr  H264RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H264RateControlModeQvbr H264RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H264RateControlMode

func (H264RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H264RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264RepeatPps

type H264RepeatPps string
const (
	H264RepeatPpsDisabled H264RepeatPps = "DISABLED"
	H264RepeatPpsEnabled  H264RepeatPps = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264RepeatPps

func (H264RepeatPps) Values

func (H264RepeatPps) Values() []H264RepeatPps

Values returns all known values for H264RepeatPps. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ScanTypeConversionMode

type H264ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         H264ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize H264ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for H264ScanTypeConversionMode

func (H264ScanTypeConversionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H264ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SceneChangeDetect

type H264SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H264SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values

Values returns all known values for H264SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Settings

type H264Settings struct {

	// Keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for this setting to have MediaConvert
	// automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When
	// you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than Auto (AUTO). Use this setting to
	// specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If
	// you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode,
	// set Adaptive quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to Off (OFF). Related
	// settings: The value that you choose here applies to the following settings:
	// H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, and
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS
	// Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If
	// you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto (AUTO).
	CodecLevel H264CodecLevel

	// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I
	// License.
	CodecProfile H264CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames
	// (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop H264DynamicSubGop

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
	EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding

	// The video encoding method for your MPEG-4 AVC output. Keep the default value,
	// PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. Choose
	// Force field (FORCE_FIELD) to disable PAFF encoding and create separate
	// interlaced fields. Choose MBAFF to disable PAFF and have MediaConvert use MBAFF
	// encoding for interlaced outputs.
	FieldEncoding H264FieldEncoding

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled
	// (DISABLED). Change this value to Enabled (ENABLED) to reduce I-frame pop.
	// I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves
	// bits by copying some macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then
	// refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates
	// these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. To manually
	// enable or disable H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl H264FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.
	GopBReference H264GopBReference

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set
	// this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose
	// this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this
	// automatic behavior, keep the default value by leaving this setting out of your
	// JSON job specification. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty
	// value. If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set
	// this value to 0.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) to Specified,
	// frames (FRAMES) or Specified, seconds (SECONDS). Specify the GOP length using a
	// whole number of frames or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will
	// interpret this value as frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for
	// GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits). If you want to allow MediaConvert to
	// automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control
	// to Auto (AUTO). If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP
	// size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your output group.
	GopSize float64

	// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
	// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on
	// characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose
	// Auto (AUTO) and and leave GOP size (GopSize) blank. By default, if you don't
	// specify GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits), MediaConvert will use automatic
	// behavior. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode
	// control to Auto and leave GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To
	// explicitly specify the GOP length, choose Specified, frames (FRAMES) or
	// Specified, seconds (SECONDS) and then provide the GOP length in the related
	// setting GOP size (GopSize).
	GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode H264InterlaceMode

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection
	// (SceneChangeDetect). This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing
	// between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames
	// that it inserts for Scene change detection. We recommend that you have the
	// transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of
	// your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, keep the default value by
	// leaving this setting out of your JSON job specification. In the console, do this
	// by keeping the default empty value. When you explicitly specify a value for this
	// setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the
	// value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval (minIInterval) to 5 and a
	// cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame,
	// then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is
	// shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven
	// I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then
	// the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene
	// change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
	MinIInterval int32

	// This setting to determines the number of B-frames that MediaConvert puts between
	// reference frames in this output. We recommend that you use automatic behavior to
	// allow the transcoder to choose the best value based on characteristics of your
	// input video. In the console, choose AUTO to select this automatic behavior. When
	// you manually edit your JSON job specification, leave this setting out to choose
	// automatic behavior. When you want to specify this number explicitly, choose a
	// whole number from 0 through 7.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl H264ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H264QualityTuningLevel

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use
	// these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).
	QvbrSettings *H264QvbrSettings

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H264RateControlMode

	// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
	RepeatPps H264RepeatPps

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this
	// case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field
	// in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all
	// other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any
	// frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose
	// Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't
	// suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to
	// basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set
	// Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized
	// interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode
	// (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	ScanTypeConversionMode H264ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If
	// this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for
	// further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal H264SlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires
	// a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend
	// that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the
	// setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter
	// (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization
	// matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat
	// quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening
	// quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to
	// 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in
	// increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the
	// softest video.
	Softness int32

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto (AUTO), for the
	// setting H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled
	// (ENABLED). Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to set
	// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled (DISABLED). Related setting: When
	// you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive
	// quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) depending on your content. For
	// homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For
	// content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher. To manually
	// enable or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax H264Syntax

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or
	// soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine (HARD) produces a
	// 29.97i output. Soft telecine (SOFT) produces an output with a 23.976 output that
	// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When
	// you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate
	// conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a
	// smoother picture.
	Telecine H264Telecine

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled
	// (ENABLED). Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame
	// based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature,
	// the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses
	// more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this
	// feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on
	// sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video
	// quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the
	// viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their
	// attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp
	// edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled (DISABLED). Related setting: When
	// you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the
	// setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). To manually enable or
	// disable H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization
	// (H264AdaptiveQuantization) to a value other than AUTO.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value H_264.

type H264SlowPal

type H264SlowPal string
const (
	H264SlowPalDisabled H264SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H264SlowPalEnabled  H264SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SlowPal

func (H264SlowPal) Values

func (H264SlowPal) Values() []H264SlowPal

Values returns all known values for H264SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Syntax

type H264Syntax string
const (
	H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	H264SyntaxRp2027  H264Syntax = "RP2027"
)

Enum values for H264Syntax

func (H264Syntax) Values

func (H264Syntax) Values() []H264Syntax

Values returns all known values for H264Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Telecine

type H264Telecine string
const (
	H264TelecineNone H264Telecine = "NONE"
	H264TelecineSoft H264Telecine = "SOFT"
	H264TelecineHard H264Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H264Telecine

func (H264Telecine) Values

func (H264Telecine) Values() []H264Telecine

Values returns all known values for H264Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const (
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values

Values returns all known values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AdaptiveQuantization

type H265AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H265AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei string
const (
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "DISABLED"
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled  H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) Values

Values returns all known values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265CodecLevel

type H265CodecLevel string
const (
	H265CodecLevelAuto    H265CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H265CodecLevelLevel1  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel2  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel21 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel3  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H265CodecLevelLevel31 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel4  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H265CodecLevelLevel41 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel5  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H265CodecLevelLevel51 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel52 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel6  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6"
	H265CodecLevelLevel61 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel62 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_2"
)

Enum values for H265CodecLevel

func (H265CodecLevel) Values

func (H265CodecLevel) Values() []H265CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for H265CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265CodecProfile

type H265CodecProfile string
const (
	H265CodecProfileMainMain         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMainHigh         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain10Main       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain10High       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH"
)

Enum values for H265CodecProfile

func (H265CodecProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for H265CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265DynamicSubGop

type H265DynamicSubGop string
const (
	H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive H265DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265DynamicSubGopStatic   H265DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H265DynamicSubGop

func (H265DynamicSubGop) Values

Values returns all known values for H265DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FramerateControl

type H265FramerateControl string
const (
	H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H265FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265FramerateControlSpecified            H265FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateControl

func (H265FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for H265FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopBReference

type H265GopBReference string
const (
	H265GopBReferenceDisabled H265GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H265GopBReferenceEnabled  H265GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265GopBReference

func (H265GopBReference) Values

Values returns all known values for H265GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopSizeUnits

type H265GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames  H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
	H265GopSizeUnitsAuto    H265GopSizeUnits = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values

Values returns all known values for H265GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265InterlaceMode

type H265InterlaceMode string
const (
	H265InterlaceModeProgressive       H265InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H265InterlaceModeTopField          H265InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeBottomField       H265InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H265InterlaceMode

func (H265InterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H265InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ParControl

type H265ParControl string
const (
	H265ParControlInitializeFromSource H265ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265ParControlSpecified            H265ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265ParControl

func (H265ParControl) Values

func (H265ParControl) Values() []H265ParControl

Values returns all known values for H265ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265QualityTuningLevel

type H265QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H265QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H265QualityTuningLevel

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for H265QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265QvbrSettings

type H265QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level is
	// Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of your
	// input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of this
	// output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video
	// element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of
	// seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate int32

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode (RateControlMode) to QVBR.
	// Specify the target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the
	// right number of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video
	// quality that you specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert
	// picks a quality level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If
	// you prefer to specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use
	// higher numbers for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless
	// compression. The quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between
	// 6 and 9. Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a
	// value for the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your
	// QVBR quality level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).

type H265RateControlMode

type H265RateControlMode string
const (
	H265RateControlModeVbr  H265RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H265RateControlModeCbr  H265RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H265RateControlModeQvbr H265RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H265RateControlMode

func (H265RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H265RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode string
const (
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault  H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "DEFAULT"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff      H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "OFF"
)

Enum values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ScanTypeConversionMode

type H265ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         H265ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize H265ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for H265ScanTypeConversionMode

func (H265ScanTypeConversionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for H265ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SceneChangeDetect

type H265SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H265SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values

Values returns all known values for H265SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Settings

type H265Settings struct {

	// When you set Adaptive Quantization (H265AdaptiveQuantization) to Auto (AUTO), or
	// leave blank, MediaConvert automatically applies quantization to improve the
	// video quality of your output. Set Adaptive Quantization to Low (LOW), Medium
	// (MEDIUM), High (HIGH), Higher (HIGHER), or Max (MAX) to manually control the
	// strength of the quantization filter. When you do, you can specify a value for
	// Spatial Adaptive Quantization (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization), Temporal
	// Adaptive Quantization (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization), and Flicker Adaptive
	// Quantization (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization), to further control the
	// quantization filter. Set Adaptive Quantization to Off (OFF) to apply no
	// quantization to your output.
	AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization

	// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log
	// Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
	AlternateTransferFunctionSei H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS
	// Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate int32

	// H.265 Level.
	CodecLevel H265CodecLevel

	// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections
	// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with
	// High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
	CodecProfile H265CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames
	// (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop H265DynamicSubGop

	// Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears
	// as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some
	// macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the
	// I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
	// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also
	// set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off (OFF).
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl H265FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// If enable, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames > 1.
	GopBReference H265GopBReference

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set
	// this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose
	// this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this
	// automatic behavior, keep the default value by leaving this setting out of your
	// JSON job specification. In the console, do this by keeping the default empty
	// value. If you do explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set
	// this value to 0.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) to Specified,
	// frames (FRAMES) or Specified, seconds (SECONDS). Specify the GOP length using a
	// whole number of frames or a decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will
	// interpret this value as frames or seconds depending on the value you choose for
	// GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits). If you want to allow MediaConvert to
	// automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control
	// to Auto (AUTO). If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, leave GOP
	// size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your output group.
	GopSize float64

	// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
	// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on
	// characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose
	// Auto (AUTO) and and leave GOP size (GopSize) blank. By default, if you don't
	// specify GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits), MediaConvert will use automatic
	// behavior. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode
	// control to Auto and leave GOP size blank in each output in your output group. To
	// explicitly specify the GOP length, choose Specified, frames (FRAMES) or
	// Specified, seconds (SECONDS) and then provide the GOP length in the related
	// setting GOP size (GopSize).
	GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode H265InterlaceMode

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection
	// (SceneChangeDetect). This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing
	// between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames
	// that it inserts for Scene change detection. We recommend that you have the
	// transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on characteristics of
	// your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, keep the default value by
	// leaving this setting out of your JSON job specification. In the console, do this
	// by keeping the default empty value. When you explicitly specify a value for this
	// setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the
	// value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval (minIInterval) to 5 and a
	// cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame,
	// then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is
	// shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven
	// I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then
	// the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene
	// change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
	MinIInterval int32

	// Specify the number of B-frames that MediaConvert puts between reference frames
	// in this output. Valid values are whole numbers from 0 through 7. When you don't
	// specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl H265ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H265QualityTuningLevel

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use
	// these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode (RateControlMode).
	QvbrSettings *H265QvbrSettings

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H265RateControlMode

	// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically
	// selects best strength based on content
	SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this
	// case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field
	// in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all
	// other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any
	// frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose
	// Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't
	// suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to
	// basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set
	// Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized
	// interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode
	// (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	ScanTypeConversionMode H265ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If
	// this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection (TRANSITION_DETECTION) for
	// further video quality improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal H265SlowPal

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion
	// with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any
	// small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are
	// encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part
	// of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this
	// feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the
	// value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your
	// content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to
	// Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate (framerate) field
	// is set to 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors >
	// Deinterlacer field (deinterlace_mode) and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced
	// Mode field (interlace_mode) to identify the scan type for the output:
	// Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i
	// output from 23.976 input. - Soft: produces 23.976; the player converts this
	// output to 29.97i.
	Telecine H265Telecine

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving
	// and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For
	// example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and
	// scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve
	// your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to
	// disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
	// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization
	// (adaptiveQuantization).
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are
	// supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference
	// B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third
	// layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate
	// a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and
	// with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the
	// frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal
	// layer) for a half frame rate output.
	TemporalIds H265TemporalIds

	// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the
	// encoded pictures.
	Tiles H265Tiles

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

	// If the location of parameter set NAL units doesn't matter in your workflow,
	// ignore this setting. Use this setting only with CMAF or DASH outputs, or with
	// standalone file outputs in an MPEG-4 container (MP4 outputs). Choose HVC1 to
	// mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with the following
	// specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition.
	// For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units in the sample
	// headers but not in the samples directly. For MP4 outputs, when you choose HVC1,
	// your output video might not work properly with some downstream systems and video
	// players. The service defaults to marking your output as HEV1. For these outputs,
	// the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples.
	WriteMp4PackagingType H265WriteMp4PackagingType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for H265 codec

type H265SlowPal

type H265SlowPal string
const (
	H265SlowPalDisabled H265SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H265SlowPalEnabled  H265SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SlowPal

func (H265SlowPal) Values

func (H265SlowPal) Values() []H265SlowPal

Values returns all known values for H265SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Telecine

type H265Telecine string
const (
	H265TelecineNone H265Telecine = "NONE"
	H265TelecineSoft H265Telecine = "SOFT"
	H265TelecineHard H265Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H265Telecine

func (H265Telecine) Values

func (H265Telecine) Values() []H265Telecine

Values returns all known values for H265Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TemporalIds

type H265TemporalIds string
const (
	H265TemporalIdsDisabled H265TemporalIds = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalIdsEnabled  H265TemporalIds = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalIds

func (H265TemporalIds) Values

func (H265TemporalIds) Values() []H265TemporalIds

Values returns all known values for H265TemporalIds. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Tiles

type H265Tiles string
const (
	H265TilesDisabled H265Tiles = "DISABLED"
	H265TilesEnabled  H265Tiles = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265Tiles

func (H265Tiles) Values

func (H265Tiles) Values() []H265Tiles

Values returns all known values for H265Tiles. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const (
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values

Values returns all known values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType string
const (
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HVC1"
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HEV1"
)

Enum values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) Values

Values returns all known values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Hdr10Metadata

type Hdr10Metadata struct {

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryY int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryY int32

	// Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units of
	// candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you must
	// specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxContentLightLevel int32

	// Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in units
	// of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you
	// must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxFrameAverageLightLevel int32

	// Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per
	// square meter.
	MaxLuminance int32

	// Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per
	// square meter
	MinLuminance int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryY int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointX int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointY int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to specify static color calibration metadata, as defined by SMPTE ST 2086. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator.

type Hdr10Plus

type Hdr10Plus struct {

	// Specify the HDR10+ mastering display normalized peak luminance, in nits. This is
	// the normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display, as defined by ST
	// 2094-40.
	MasteringMonitorNits int32

	// Specify the HDR10+ target display nominal peak luminance, in nits. This is the
	// nominal maximum luminance of the target display as defined by ST 2094-40.
	TargetMonitorNits int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Setting for HDR10+ metadata insertion

type HlsAdMarkers

type HlsAdMarkers string
const (
	HlsAdMarkersElemental       HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL"
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

Enum values for HlsAdMarkers

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values() []HlsAdMarkers

Values returns all known values for HlsAdMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAdditionalManifest

type HlsAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is
	// film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the
	// nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create
	// unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each additional HLS manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer string
const (
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "AUTOMATIC"
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts      HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "M2TS"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAudioOnlyHeader

type HlsAudioOnlyHeader string
const (
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderInclude HlsAudioOnlyHeader = "INCLUDE"
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderExclude HlsAudioOnlyHeader = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyHeader

func (HlsAudioOnlyHeader) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioOnlyHeader. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAudioTrackType

type HlsAudioTrackType string
const (
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream          HlsAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioTrackType

func (HlsAudioTrackType) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct {

	// Caption channel.
	CaptionChannel int32

	// Specify the language for this captions channel, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3
	// three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at
	// https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Caption language description.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Language Mapping

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string
const (
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl

type HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlLargeSegments HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl = "LARGE_SEGMENTS"
	HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlMatchVideo    HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl = "MATCH_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl

func (HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsClientCache

type HlsClientCache string
const (
	HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED"
	HlsClientCacheEnabled  HlsClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsClientCache

func (HlsClientCache) Values

func (HlsClientCache) Values() []HlsClientCache

Values returns all known values for HlsClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCodecSpecification

type HlsCodecSpecification string
const (
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

type HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag string
const (
	HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "DONT_FLAG"
	HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag     HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "FLAG"
)

Enum values for HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

func (HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDirectoryStructure

type HlsDirectoryStructure string
const (
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory       HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsDirectoryStructure. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsEncryptionSettings

type HlsEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable.
	// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
	EncryptionMethod HlsEncryptionType

	// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key
	// for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the
	// manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
	InitializationVectorInManifest HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

	// Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master
	// playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.
	OfflineEncrypted HlsOfflineEncrypted

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that
	// follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type HlsKeyProviderType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for HLS encryption

type HlsEncryptionType

type HlsEncryptionType string
const (
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128    HlsEncryptionType = "AES128"
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Enum values for HlsEncryptionType

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsGroupSettings

type HlsGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to decorate your Apple HLS manifest. This
	// setting does not determine whether SCTE-35 markers appear in the outputs
	// themselves.
	AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest for each HLS
	// output group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the
	// output group. To create additional top-level manifests that reference a subset
	// of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []HlsAdditionalManifest

	// Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and you
	// encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include (INCLUDE), to output
	// audio-only headers. Choose Exclude (EXCLUDE) to remove the audio-only headers
	// from your audio segments.
	AudioOnlyHeader HlsAudioOnlyHeader

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the
	// main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Language to be used on Caption outputs
	CaptionLanguageMappings []HlsCaptionLanguageMapping

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code
	// field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make
	// sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original
	// source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors
	// (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest
	// will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line
	// from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

	// Set Caption segment length control (CaptionSegmentLengthControl) to Match video
	// (MATCH_VIDEO) to create caption segments that align with the video segments from
	// the first video output in this output group. For example, if the video segments
	// are 2 seconds long, your WebVTT segments will also be 2 seconds long. Keep the
	// default setting, Large segments (LARGE_SEGMENTS) to create caption segments that
	// are 300 seconds long.
	CaptionSegmentLengthControl HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled (ENABLED) and control caching in
	// your video distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache HlsClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None (NONE), to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail (THUMBNAIL) to
	// generate tiled thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame
	// (THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME) to generate tiled thumbnails and full-resolution
	// images of single frames. MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of
	// images that you generate and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest.
	// A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and
	// full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible
	// with this Roku specification:
	// https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay HlsImageBasedTrickPlay

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength float64

	// When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within the
	// specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if needed.
	MinSegmentLength int32

	// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS
	// output group.
	OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The
	// value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized
	// using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input
	// timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
	ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod int32

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file,
	// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
	SegmentControl HlsSegmentControl

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control
	// (SegmentLengthControl) to specify whether the encoder enforces this value
	// strictly. Use Segment control (HlsSegmentControl) to specify whether
	// MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content file that has
	// metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact
	// (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Segment length (SegmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames.
	// Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment
	// lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl HlsSegmentLengthControl

	// Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one.
	// directoryStructure must be SINGLE_DIRECTORY for this setting to have an effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory int32

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution

	// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
	// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to
	// SPEC\_COMPLIANT, the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest
	// integer value if fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and
	// rounded down if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client
	// needs to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual
	// duration of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback
	// when the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target
	// duration.
	TargetDurationCompatibilityMode HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

	// Specify the type of the ID3 frame (timedMetadataId3Frame) to use for ID3
	// timestamps (timedMetadataId3Period) in your output. To include ID3 timestamps:
	// Specify PRIV (PRIV) or TDRL (TDRL) and set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to
	// Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH). To exclude ID3 timestamps: Set ID3 timestamp frame
	// type to None (NONE).
	TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

	// Specify the interval in seconds to write ID3 timestamps in your output. The
	// first timestamp starts at the output timecode and date, and increases
	// incrementally with each ID3 timestamp. To use the default interval of 10
	// seconds: Leave blank. To include this metadata in your output: Set ID3 timestamp
	// frame type (timedMetadataId3Frame) to PRIV (PRIV) or TDRL (TDRL), and set ID3
	// metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).
	TimedMetadataId3Period int32

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest string
const (
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlay

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlay string
const (
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayNone                  HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "NONE"
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail             HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL"
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced              HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "ADVANCED"
)

Enum values for HlsImageBasedTrickPlay

func (HlsImageBasedTrickPlay) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsImageBasedTrickPlay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to
	// FOLLOW_IFRAME, MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the
	// output (matching the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert
	// generates thumbnails according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence HlsIntervalCadence

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio would
	// lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be rejected.
	// Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight int32

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter 5,
	// MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval float64

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312. Must
	// be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between 2 and
	// 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and 512.
	TileWidth int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest string
const (
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsIntervalCadence

type HlsIntervalCadence string
const (
	HlsIntervalCadenceFollowIframe HlsIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"
	HlsIntervalCadenceFollowCustom HlsIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for HlsIntervalCadence

func (HlsIntervalCadence) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsIntervalCadence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsKeyProviderType

type HlsKeyProviderType string
const (
	HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke     HlsKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey HlsKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for HlsKeyProviderType

func (HlsKeyProviderType) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsKeyProviderType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestCompression

type HlsManifestCompression string
const (
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestCompression

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestDurationFormat

type HlsManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger       HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOfflineEncrypted

type HlsOfflineEncrypted string
const (
	HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled  HlsOfflineEncrypted = "ENABLED"
	HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled HlsOfflineEncrypted = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsOfflineEncrypted

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsOfflineEncrypted. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOutputSelection

type HlsOutputSelection string
const (
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly         HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
)

Enum values for HlsOutputSelection

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsOutputSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsProgramDateTime

type HlsProgramDateTime string
const (
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE"
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsProgramDateTime. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsRenditionGroupSettings

type HlsRenditionGroupSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify alternative group ID
	RenditionGroupId *string

	// Optional. Specify ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code in the language property
	RenditionLanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Optional. Specify media name
	RenditionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to audio sources in an HLS alternate rendition group. Specify the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to identify the unique audio track among the alternative rendition groups present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks match the properties provided, the job fails. If no properties in hlsRenditionGroupSettings are specified, the default audio track within the video segment is chosen. If there is no audio within video segment, the alternative audio with DEFAULT=YES is chosen instead.

type HlsSegmentControl

type HlsSegmentControl string
const (
	HlsSegmentControlSingleFile     HlsSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles HlsSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentControl

func (HlsSegmentControl) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSegmentLengthControl

type HlsSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	HlsSegmentLengthControlExact       HlsSegmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	HlsSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple HlsSegmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentLengthControl

func (HlsSegmentLengthControl) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSettings

type HlsSettings struct {

	// Specifies the group to which the audio rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string

	// Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value
	// Automatic (AUTOMATIC) to create an audio-only file in a raw container.
	// Regardless of the value that you specify here, if this output has video, the
	// service will place the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
	AudioOnlyContainer HlsAudioOnlyContainer

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all
	// the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The
	// client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate
	// rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an
	// EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio,
	// not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by
	// default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO,
	// AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType HlsAudioTrackType

	// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in
	// your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag (FLAG), MediaConvert includes the
	// parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag
	// (DONT_FLAG), MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with
	// accessibility on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple
	// documentation.
	DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

	// Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert generate a child manifest that
	// lists only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest
	// for this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that
	// creates preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame
	// only child manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When
	// you don't need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude
	// (EXCLUDE).
	IFrameOnlyManifest HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

	// Use this setting to add an identifying string to the filename of each segment.
	// The service adds this string between the name modifier and segment index number.
	// You can use format identifiers in the string. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html
	SegmentModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for HLS output groups

type HlsStreamInfResolution

type HlsStreamInfResolution string
const (
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

type HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode string
const (
	HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy        HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "LEGACY"
	HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "SPEC_COMPLIANT"
)

Enum values for HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

func (HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string
const (
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL"
)

Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values

Values returns all known values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HopDestination

type HopDestination struct {

	// Optional. When you set up a job to use queue hopping, you can specify a
	// different relative priority for the job in the destination queue. If you don't
	// specify, the relative priority will remain the same as in the previous queue.
	Priority int32

	// Optional unless the job is submitted on the default queue. When you set up a job
	// to use queue hopping, you can specify a destination queue. This queue cannot be
	// the original queue to which the job is submitted. If the original queue isn't
	// the default queue and you don't specify the destination queue, the job will move
	// to the default queue.
	Queue *string

	// Required for setting up a job to use queue hopping. Minimum wait time in minutes
	// until the job can hop to the destination queue. Valid range is 1 to 1440
	// minutes, inclusive.
	WaitMinutes int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional. Configuration for a destination queue to which the job can hop once a customer-defined minimum wait time has passed.

type Id3Insertion

type Id3Insertion struct {

	// Use ID3 tag (Id3) to provide a fully formed ID3 tag in base64-encode format.
	Id3 *string

	// Provide a Timecode (TimeCode) in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
	Timecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag (Id3) to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode (TimeCode) to specify the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create multiple instances of ID3 insertion (Id3Insertion).

type ImageInserter

type ImageInserter struct {

	// Specify the images that you want to overlay on your video. The images must be
	// PNG or TGA files.
	InsertableImages []InsertableImage
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each input or output individually. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/graphic-overlay.html. This setting is disabled by default.

type ImscAccessibilitySubs

type ImscAccessibilitySubs string
const (
	ImscAccessibilitySubsDisabled ImscAccessibilitySubs = "DISABLED"
	ImscAccessibilitySubsEnabled  ImscAccessibilitySubs = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for ImscAccessibilitySubs

func (ImscAccessibilitySubs) Values

Values returns all known values for ImscAccessibilitySubs. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ImscDestinationSettings

type ImscDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Accessibility subtitles (Accessibility) to Enabled (ENABLED) if the ISMC or
	// WebVTT captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people who are
	// deaf or hard of hearing. When you enable this feature, MediaConvert adds the
	// following attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS or CMAF manifest for this
	// track:
	// CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
	// and AUTOSELECT="YES". Keep the default value, Disabled (DISABLED), if the
	// captions track is not intended to provide such accessibility. MediaConvert will
	// not add the above attributes.
	Accessibility ImscAccessibilitySubs

	// Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position
	// information from the captions source in the output. This option is available
	// only when your input captions are IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting
	// for simplified output captions.
	StylePassthrough ImscStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to IMSC.

type ImscStylePassthrough

type ImscStylePassthrough string
const (
	ImscStylePassthroughEnabled  ImscStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	ImscStylePassthroughDisabled ImscStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for ImscStylePassthrough

func (ImscStylePassthrough) Values

Values returns all known values for ImscStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Input

type Input struct {

	// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you
	// can assign them to a single output audio tab (AudioDescription). Note that, if
	// you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks
	// into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup

	// Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from
	// the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio
	// selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use
	// in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will
	// include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override
	// any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop).
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output.
	// Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video
	// inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them
	// to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key
	// Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your
	// content.
	DecryptionSettings *InputDecryptionSettings

	// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is
	// disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Use this setting only when your video source has Dolby Vision studio mastering
	// metadata that is carried in a separate XML file. Specify the Amazon S3 location
	// for the metadata XML file. MediaConvert uses this file to provide global and
	// frame-level metadata for Dolby Vision preprocessing. When you specify a file
	// here and your input also has interleaved global and frame level metadata,
	// MediaConvert ignores the interleaved metadata and uses only the the metadata
	// from this external XML file. Note that your IAM service role must grant
	// MediaConvert read permissions to this file. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	DolbyVisionMetadataXml *string

	// Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs in
	// a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that you
	// specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format is IMF,
	// specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example,
	// "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to use
	// Supplemental IMPs (SupplementalImps) to specify any supplemental IMPs that
	// contain assets referenced by the CPL.
	FileInput *string

	// Specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You
	// must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and
	// Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines
	// whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The
	// input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in
	// (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The input is filtered
	// regardless of input type.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable

	// Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter
	// settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0.
	FilterStrength int32

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a
	// portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start
	// time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you
	// provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you
	// specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job
	// outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to
	// flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore,
	// flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when
	// you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the
	// default value is Auto (AUTO). Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that
	// are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so
	// creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType InputScanType

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you
	// specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output
	// setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will
	// override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD
	// (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will
	// ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior
	// (scalingBehavior).
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a
	// multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	// Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you
	// specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which
	// data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and
	// video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl

	// Provide a list of any necessary supplemental IMPs. You need supplemental IMPs if
	// the CPL that you're using for your input is in an incomplete IMP. Specify either
	// the supplemental IMP directories with a trailing slash or the ASSETMAP.xml
	// files. For example ["s3://bucket/ov/", "s3://bucket/vf2/ASSETMAP.xml"]. You
	// don't need to specify the IMP that contains your input CPL, because the service
	// automatically detects it.
	SupplementalImps []string

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames.
	// This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a
	// single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions
	// formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video.
	// Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose
	// Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that
	// you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify
	// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more
	// information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string

	// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
	// inputs can have up to one video selector.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use inputs to define the source files used in your transcoding job. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/specify-input-settings.html. You can use multiple video inputs to do input stitching. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/assembling-multiple-inputs-and-input-clips.html

type InputClipping

type InputClipping struct {

	// Set End timecode (EndTimecode) to the end of the portion of the input you are
	// clipping. The frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the
	// clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the
	// format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is
	// the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into
	// account your setting for timecode source under input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource). For example, if you have embedded timecodes that start at
	// 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six minutes into the video, use
	// 01:06:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string

	// Set Start timecode (StartTimecode) to the beginning of the portion of the input
	// you are clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is
	// included in the clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not
	// both. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the
	// minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value,
	// take into account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you
	// have embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to
	// begin five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To transcode only portions of your input, include one input clip for each part of your input that you want in your output. All input clips that you specify will be included in every output of the job. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/assembling-multiple-inputs-and-input-clips.html.

type InputDeblockFilter

type InputDeblockFilter string
const (
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled  InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDeblockFilter

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values

Values returns all known values for InputDeblockFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDecryptionSettings

type InputDecryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.
	DecryptionMode DecryptionMode

	// Warning! Don't provide your encryption key in plaintext. Your job settings could
	// be intercepted, making your encrypted content vulnerable. Specify the encrypted
	// version of the data key that you used to encrypt your content. The data key must
	// be encrypted by AWS Key Management Service (KMS). The key can be 128, 192, or
	// 256 bits.
	EncryptedDecryptionKey *string

	// Specify the initialization vector that you used when you encrypted your content
	// before uploading it to Amazon S3. You can use a 16-byte initialization vector
	// with any encryption mode. Or, you can use a 12-byte initialization vector with
	// GCM or CTR. MediaConvert accepts only initialization vectors that are
	// base64-encoded.
	InitializationVector *string

	// Specify the AWS Region for AWS Key Management Service (KMS) that you used to
	// encrypt your data key, if that Region is different from the one you are using
	// for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
	KmsKeyRegion *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your content.

type InputDenoiseFilter

type InputDenoiseFilter string
const (
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled  InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values

Values returns all known values for InputDenoiseFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputFilterEnable

type InputFilterEnable string
const (
	InputFilterEnableAuto    InputFilterEnable = "AUTO"
	InputFilterEnableDisable InputFilterEnable = "DISABLE"
	InputFilterEnableForce   InputFilterEnable = "FORCE"
)

Enum values for InputFilterEnable

func (InputFilterEnable) Values

Values returns all known values for InputFilterEnable. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPolicy

type InputPolicy string
const (
	InputPolicyAllowed    InputPolicy = "ALLOWED"
	InputPolicyDisallowed InputPolicy = "DISALLOWED"
)

Enum values for InputPolicy

func (InputPolicy) Values

func (InputPolicy) Values() []InputPolicy

Values returns all known values for InputPolicy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPsiControl

type InputPsiControl string
const (
	InputPsiControlIgnorePsi InputPsiControl = "IGNORE_PSI"
	InputPsiControlUsePsi    InputPsiControl = "USE_PSI"
)

Enum values for InputPsiControl

func (InputPsiControl) Values

func (InputPsiControl) Values() []InputPsiControl

Values returns all known values for InputPsiControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputRotate

type InputRotate string
const (
	InputRotateDegree0    InputRotate = "DEGREE_0"
	InputRotateDegrees90  InputRotate = "DEGREES_90"
	InputRotateDegrees180 InputRotate = "DEGREES_180"
	InputRotateDegrees270 InputRotate = "DEGREES_270"
	InputRotateAuto       InputRotate = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for InputRotate

func (InputRotate) Values

func (InputRotate) Values() []InputRotate

Values returns all known values for InputRotate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSampleRange

type InputSampleRange string
const (
	InputSampleRangeFollow       InputSampleRange = "FOLLOW"
	InputSampleRangeFullRange    InputSampleRange = "FULL_RANGE"
	InputSampleRangeLimitedRange InputSampleRange = "LIMITED_RANGE"
)

Enum values for InputSampleRange

func (InputSampleRange) Values

Values returns all known values for InputSampleRange. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputScanType

type InputScanType string
const (
	InputScanTypeAuto InputScanType = "AUTO"
	InputScanTypePsf  InputScanType = "PSF"
)

Enum values for InputScanType

func (InputScanType) Values

func (InputScanType) Values() []InputScanType

Values returns all known values for InputScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputTemplate

type InputTemplate struct {

	// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you
	// can assign them to a single output audio tab (AudioDescription). Note that, if
	// you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks
	// into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup

	// Use Audio selectors (AudioSelectors) to specify a track or set of tracks from
	// the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio
	// selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use
	// in your outputs. You can use up to 20 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will
	// include in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override
	// any value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection (crop).
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Enable Deblock (InputDeblockFilter) to produce smoother motion in the output.
	// Default is disabled. Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video
	// inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Enable Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) to filter noise from the input. Default is
	// disabled. Only applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Use this setting only when your video source has Dolby Vision studio mastering
	// metadata that is carried in a separate XML file. Specify the Amazon S3 location
	// for the metadata XML file. MediaConvert uses this file to provide global and
	// frame-level metadata for Dolby Vision preprocessing. When you specify a file
	// here and your input also has interleaved global and frame level metadata,
	// MediaConvert ignores the interleaved metadata and uses only the the metadata
	// from this external XML file. Note that your IAM service role must grant
	// MediaConvert read permissions to this file. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	DolbyVisionMetadataXml *string

	// Specify how the transcoding service applies the denoise and deblock filters. You
	// must also enable the filters separately, with Denoise (InputDenoiseFilter) and
	// Deblock (InputDeblockFilter). * Auto - The transcoding service determines
	// whether to apply filtering, depending on input type and quality. * Disable - The
	// input is not filtered. This is true even if you use the API to enable them in
	// (InputDeblockFilter) and (InputDeblockFilter). * Force - The input is filtered
	// regardless of input type.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable

	// Use Filter strength (FilterStrength) to adjust the magnitude the input filter
	// settings (Deblock and Denoise). The range is -5 to 5. Default is 0.
	FilterStrength int32

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// (InputClippings) contains sets of start and end times that together specify a
	// portion of the input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start
	// time, the clip will be the entire input from that point to the end. If you
	// provide only an end time, it will be the entire input up to that point. When you
	// specify more than one input clip, the transcoding service creates the job
	// outputs by stringing the clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to
	// flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore,
	// flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when
	// you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the
	// default value is Auto (AUTO). Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that
	// are not PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so
	// creates horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType InputScanType

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you
	// specify a value here, it will override any value that you specify in the output
	// setting Selection placement (position). If you specify a value here, this will
	// override any AFD values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD
	// (RespondToAfd) to Respond (RESPOND). If you specify a value here, this will
	// ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling Behavior
	// (scalingBehavior).
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Program (programNumber) to select a specific program from within a
	// multi-program transport stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	// Default is the first program within the transport stream. If the program you
	// specify doesn't exist, the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Set PSI control (InputPsiControl) for transport stream inputs to specify which
	// data the demux process to scans. * Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and
	// video. * Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource), to specify how the service counts input video frames.
	// This input frame count affects only the behavior of features that apply to a
	// single input at a time, such as input clipping and synchronizing some captions
	// formats. Choose Embedded (EMBEDDED) to use the timecodes in your input video.
	// Choose Start at zero (ZEROBASED) to start the first frame at zero. Choose
	// Specified start (SPECIFIEDSTART) to start the first frame at the timecode that
	// you specify in the setting Start timecode (timecodeStart). If you don't specify
	// a value for Timecode source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more
	// information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings (InputTimecodeSource), to Specified start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART). For more information about timecodes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string

	// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
	// inputs can have up to one video selector.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specified video input in a template.

type InputTimecodeSource

type InputTimecodeSource string
const (
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded       InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased      InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart InputTimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for InputTimecodeSource

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values

Values returns all known values for InputTimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InsertableImage

type InsertableImage struct {

	// Specify the time, in milliseconds, for the image to remain on the output video.
	// This duration includes fade-in time but not fade-out time.
	Duration int32

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the Start time that you
	// specify for the image insertion and the time that the image appears at full
	// opacity. Full opacity is the level that you specify for the opacity setting. If
	// you don't specify a value for Fade-in, the image will appear abruptly at the
	// overlay start time.
	FadeIn int32

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the end of the time that
	// you have specified for the image overlay Duration and when the overlaid image
	// has faded to total transparency. If you don't specify a value for Fade-out, the
	// image will disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration.
	FadeOut int32

	// Specify the height of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution height, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native height of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Height int32

	// Specify the HTTP, HTTPS, or Amazon S3 location of the image that you want to
	// overlay on the video. Use a PNG or TGA file.
	ImageInserterInput *string

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image and the left edge of
	// the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageX int32

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the overlaid image and the top edge of
	// the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageY int32

	// Specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images with higher values for
	// Layer appear on top of images with lower values for Layer.
	Layer int32

	// Use Opacity (Opacity) to specify how much of the underlying video shows through
	// the inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50.
	Opacity int32

	// Specify the timecode of the frame that you want the overlay to first appear on.
	// This must be in timecode (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF) format. Remember to take
	// into account your timecode source settings.
	StartTime *string

	// Specify the width of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value that's
	// larger than the video resolution width, the service will crop your overlaid
	// image to fit. To use the native width of the image, keep this setting blank.
	Width int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings apply to a specific graphic overlay. You can include multiple overlays in your job.

type InternalServerErrorException

type InternalServerErrorException struct {
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The service encountered an unexpected condition and can't fulfill your request.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Error

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage() string

type Job

type Job struct {

	// The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, see
	// the User Guide topic at the User Guide at
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *JobSettings

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings

	// Describes whether the current job is running with accelerated transcoding. For
	// jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode) set to DISABLED,
	// AccelerationStatus is always NOT_APPLICABLE. For jobs that have Acceleration
	// (AccelerationMode) set to ENABLED or PREFERRED, AccelerationStatus is one of the
	// other states. AccelerationStatus is IN_PROGRESS initially, while the service
	// determines whether the input files and job settings are compatible with
	// accelerated transcoding. If they are, AcclerationStatus is ACCELERATED. If your
	// input files and job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding, the
	// service either fails your job or runs it without accelerated transcoding,
	// depending on how you set Acceleration (AccelerationMode). When the service runs
	// your job without accelerated transcoding, AccelerationStatus is NOT_ACCELERATED.
	AccelerationStatus AccelerationStatus

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// The tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS
	// Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up.
	BillingTagsSource BillingTagsSource

	// The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING
	CurrentPhase JobPhase

	// Error code for the job
	ErrorCode int32

	// Error message of Job
	ErrorMessage *string

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []HopDestination

	// A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resources
	Id *string

	// An estimate of how far your job has progressed. This estimate is shown as a
	// percentage of the total time from when your job leaves its queue to when your
	// output files appear in your output Amazon S3 bucket. AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// provides jobPercentComplete in CloudWatch STATUS_UPDATE events and in the
	// response to GetJob and ListJobs requests. The jobPercentComplete estimate is
	// reliable for the following input containers: Quicktime, Transport Stream, MP4,
	// and MXF. For some jobs, the service can't provide information about job
	// progress. In those cases, jobPercentComplete returns a null value.
	JobPercentComplete int32

	// The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job
	// template.
	JobTemplate *string

	// Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully
	// submitted.
	Messages *JobMessages

	// List of output group details
	OutputGroupDetails []OutputGroupDetail

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority int32

	// When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If you don't
	// specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, see the
	// User Guide topic at
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Queue *string

	// The job's queue hopping history.
	QueueTransitions []QueueTransition

	// The number of times that the service automatically attempted to process your job
	// after encountering an error.
	RetryCount int32

	// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
	// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs your
	// job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will see with
	// one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue SimulateReservedQueue

	// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
	Status JobStatus

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends
	// an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job
	// to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval

	// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in
	// Unix epoch format in seconds.
	Timing *Timing

	// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. You
	// specify metadata in key/value pairs.
	UserMetadata map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html

type JobMessages

type JobMessages struct {

	// List of messages that are informational only and don't indicate a problem with
	// your job.
	Info []string

	// List of messages that warn about conditions that might cause your job not to run
	// or to fail.
	Warning []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully submitted.

type JobPhase

type JobPhase string
const (
	JobPhaseProbing     JobPhase = "PROBING"
	JobPhaseTranscoding JobPhase = "TRANSCODING"
	JobPhaseUploading   JobPhase = "UPLOADING"
)

Enum values for JobPhase

func (JobPhase) Values

func (JobPhase) Values() []JobPhase

Values returns all known values for JobPhase. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobSettings

type JobSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS
	// time.
	AdAvailOffset int32

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image,
	// and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion,
	// you can ignore these settings.
	Esam *EsamSettings

	// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature to
	// specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
	// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output. For
	// more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5 05h
	// Content Advisory.
	ExtendedDataServices *ExtendedDataServices

	// Use Inputs (inputs) to define source file used in the transcode job. There can
	// be multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together to
	// create the output.
	Inputs []Input

	// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
	// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
	// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to
	// specifying these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS
	// Secrets Manager. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
	KantarWatermark *KantarWatermarkSettings

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
	// see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and
	// analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration
	// (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs
	// in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an
	// instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you
	// don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the
	// setting.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen
	// watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you
	// also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output
	// in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

	// (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share
	// a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF,
	// and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in
	// (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This
	// required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under
	// (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as
	// follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings *
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
	// These settings don't affect input clipping.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata (id3) at timecodes (timecode) that you
	// specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3
	// metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.

type JobStatus

type JobStatus string
const (
	JobStatusSubmitted   JobStatus = "SUBMITTED"
	JobStatusProgressing JobStatus = "PROGRESSING"
	JobStatusComplete    JobStatus = "COMPLETE"
	JobStatusCanceled    JobStatus = "CANCELED"
	JobStatusError       JobStatus = "ERROR"
)

Enum values for JobStatus

func (JobStatus) Values

func (JobStatus) Values() []JobStatus

Values returns all known values for JobStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobTemplate

type JobTemplate struct {

	// A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// An optional category you create to organize your job templates.
	Category *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description you create for each job template.
	Description *string

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []HopDestination

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority int32

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. If you
	// don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends
	// an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job
	// to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval

	// A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in job
	// templates can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use to quickly create a job.

type JobTemplateListBy

type JobTemplateListBy string
const (
	JobTemplateListByName         JobTemplateListBy = "NAME"
	JobTemplateListByCreationDate JobTemplateListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	JobTemplateListBySystem       JobTemplateListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for JobTemplateListBy

func (JobTemplateListBy) Values

Values returns all known values for JobTemplateListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobTemplateSettings

type JobTemplateSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail PTS
	// time.
	AdAvailOffset int32

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image,
	// and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion,
	// you can ignore these settings.
	Esam *EsamSettings

	// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature to
	// specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
	// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output. For
	// more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5 05h
	// Content Advisory.
	ExtendedDataServices *ExtendedDataServices

	// Use Inputs (inputs) to define the source file used in the transcode job. There
	// can only be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple
	// inputs when referencing a job template.
	Inputs []InputTemplate

	// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
	// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
	// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to
	// specifying these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS
	// Secrets Manager. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
	KantarWatermark *KantarWatermarkSettings

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
	// see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and
	// analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration
	// (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs
	// in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an
	// instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you
	// don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the
	// setting.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen
	// watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you
	// also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output
	// in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

	// (OutputGroups) contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share
	// a common package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF,
	// and no container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in
	// (OutputGroups) is a group of settings that apply to the whole group. This
	// required object depends on the value you set for (Type) under
	// (OutputGroups)>(OutputGroupSettings). Type, settings object pairs are as
	// follows. * FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// HlsGroupSettings * DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings *
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS, MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
	// These settings don't affect input clipping.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata (id3) at timecodes (timecode) that you
	// specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3
	// metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template that will be applied to jobs created from it.

type KantarWatermarkSettings

type KantarWatermarkSettings struct {

	// Provide an audio channel name from your Kantar audio license.
	ChannelName *string

	// Specify a unique identifier for Kantar to use for this piece of content.
	ContentReference *string

	// Provide the name of the AWS Secrets Manager secret where your Kantar credentials
	// are stored. Note that your MediaConvert service role must provide access to this
	// secret. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/granting-permissions-for-mediaconvert-to-access-secrets-manager-secret.html.
	// For instructions on creating a secret, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/tutorials_basic.html,
	// in the AWS Secrets Manager User Guide.
	CredentialsSecretName *string

	// Optional. Specify an offset, in whole seconds, from the start of your output and
	// the beginning of the watermarking. When you don't specify an offset, Kantar
	// defaults to zero.
	FileOffset float64

	// Provide your Kantar license ID number. You should get this number from Kantar.
	KantarLicenseId int32

	// Provide the HTTPS endpoint to the Kantar server. You should get this endpoint
	// from Kantar.
	KantarServerUrl *string

	// Optional. Specify the Amazon S3 bucket where you want MediaConvert to store your
	// Kantar watermark XML logs. When you don't specify a bucket, MediaConvert doesn't
	// save these logs. Note that your MediaConvert service role must provide access to
	// this location. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	LogDestination *string

	// You can optionally use this field to specify the first timestamp that Kantar
	// embeds during watermarking. Kantar suggests that you be very cautious when using
	// this Kantar feature, and that you use it only on channels that are managed
	// specifically for use with this feature by your Audience Measurement Operator.
	// For more information about this feature, contact Kantar technical support.
	Metadata3 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata4 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata5 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata6 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata7 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata8 *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to specifying these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.

type LanguageCode

type LanguageCode string
const (
	LanguageCodeEng LanguageCode = "ENG"
	LanguageCodeSpa LanguageCode = "SPA"
	LanguageCodeFra LanguageCode = "FRA"
	LanguageCodeDeu LanguageCode = "DEU"
	LanguageCodeGer LanguageCode = "GER"
	LanguageCodeZho LanguageCode = "ZHO"
	LanguageCodeAra LanguageCode = "ARA"
	LanguageCodeHin LanguageCode = "HIN"
	LanguageCodeJpn LanguageCode = "JPN"
	LanguageCodeRus LanguageCode = "RUS"
	LanguageCodePor LanguageCode = "POR"
	LanguageCodeIta LanguageCode = "ITA"
	LanguageCodeUrd LanguageCode = "URD"
	LanguageCodeVie LanguageCode = "VIE"
	LanguageCodeKor LanguageCode = "KOR"
	LanguageCodePan LanguageCode = "PAN"
	LanguageCodeAbk LanguageCode = "ABK"
	LanguageCodeAar LanguageCode = "AAR"
	LanguageCodeAfr LanguageCode = "AFR"
	LanguageCodeAka LanguageCode = "AKA"
	LanguageCodeSqi LanguageCode = "SQI"
	LanguageCodeAmh LanguageCode = "AMH"
	LanguageCodeArg LanguageCode = "ARG"
	LanguageCodeHye LanguageCode = "HYE"
	LanguageCodeAsm LanguageCode = "ASM"
	LanguageCodeAva LanguageCode = "AVA"
	LanguageCodeAve LanguageCode = "AVE"
	LanguageCodeAym LanguageCode = "AYM"
	LanguageCodeAze LanguageCode = "AZE"
	LanguageCodeBam LanguageCode = "BAM"
	LanguageCodeBak LanguageCode = "BAK"
	LanguageCodeEus LanguageCode = "EUS"
	LanguageCodeBel LanguageCode = "BEL"
	LanguageCodeBen LanguageCode = "BEN"
	LanguageCodeBih LanguageCode = "BIH"
	LanguageCodeBis LanguageCode = "BIS"
	LanguageCodeBos LanguageCode = "BOS"
	LanguageCodeBre LanguageCode = "BRE"
	LanguageCodeBul LanguageCode = "BUL"
	LanguageCodeMya LanguageCode = "MYA"
	LanguageCodeCat LanguageCode = "CAT"
	LanguageCodeKhm LanguageCode = "KHM"
	LanguageCodeCha LanguageCode = "CHA"
	LanguageCodeChe LanguageCode = "CHE"
	LanguageCodeNya LanguageCode = "NYA"
	LanguageCodeChu LanguageCode = "CHU"
	LanguageCodeChv LanguageCode = "CHV"
	LanguageCodeCor LanguageCode = "COR"
	LanguageCodeCos LanguageCode = "COS"
	LanguageCodeCre LanguageCode = "CRE"
	LanguageCodeHrv LanguageCode = "HRV"
	LanguageCodeCes LanguageCode = "CES"
	LanguageCodeDan LanguageCode = "DAN"
	LanguageCodeDiv LanguageCode = "DIV"
	LanguageCodeNld LanguageCode = "NLD"
	LanguageCodeDzo LanguageCode = "DZO"
	LanguageCodeEnm LanguageCode = "ENM"
	LanguageCodeEpo LanguageCode = "EPO"
	LanguageCodeEst LanguageCode = "EST"
	LanguageCodeEwe LanguageCode = "EWE"
	LanguageCodeFao LanguageCode = "FAO"
	LanguageCodeFij LanguageCode = "FIJ"
	LanguageCodeFin LanguageCode = "FIN"
	LanguageCodeFrm LanguageCode = "FRM"
	LanguageCodeFul LanguageCode = "FUL"
	LanguageCodeGla LanguageCode = "GLA"
	LanguageCodeGlg LanguageCode = "GLG"
	LanguageCodeLug LanguageCode = "LUG"
	LanguageCodeKat LanguageCode = "KAT"
	LanguageCodeEll LanguageCode = "ELL"
	LanguageCodeGrn LanguageCode = "GRN"
	LanguageCodeGuj LanguageCode = "GUJ"
	LanguageCodeHat LanguageCode = "HAT"
	LanguageCodeHau LanguageCode = "HAU"
	LanguageCodeHeb LanguageCode = "HEB"
	LanguageCodeHer LanguageCode = "HER"
	LanguageCodeHmo LanguageCode = "HMO"
	LanguageCodeHun LanguageCode = "HUN"
	LanguageCodeIsl LanguageCode = "ISL"
	LanguageCodeIdo LanguageCode = "IDO"
	LanguageCodeIbo LanguageCode = "IBO"
	LanguageCodeInd LanguageCode = "IND"
	LanguageCodeIna LanguageCode = "INA"
	LanguageCodeIle LanguageCode = "ILE"
	LanguageCodeIku LanguageCode = "IKU"
	LanguageCodeIpk LanguageCode = "IPK"
	LanguageCodeGle LanguageCode = "GLE"
	LanguageCodeJav LanguageCode = "JAV"
	LanguageCodeKal LanguageCode = "KAL"
	LanguageCodeKan LanguageCode = "KAN"
	LanguageCodeKau LanguageCode = "KAU"
	LanguageCodeKas LanguageCode = "KAS"
	LanguageCodeKaz LanguageCode = "KAZ"
	LanguageCodeKik LanguageCode = "KIK"
	LanguageCodeKin LanguageCode = "KIN"
	LanguageCodeKir LanguageCode = "KIR"
	LanguageCodeKom LanguageCode = "KOM"
	LanguageCodeKon LanguageCode = "KON"
	LanguageCodeKua LanguageCode = "KUA"
	LanguageCodeKur LanguageCode = "KUR"
	LanguageCodeLao LanguageCode = "LAO"
	LanguageCodeLat LanguageCode = "LAT"
	LanguageCodeLav LanguageCode = "LAV"
	LanguageCodeLim LanguageCode = "LIM"
	LanguageCodeLin LanguageCode = "LIN"
	LanguageCodeLit LanguageCode = "LIT"
	LanguageCodeLub LanguageCode = "LUB"
	LanguageCodeLtz LanguageCode = "LTZ"
	LanguageCodeMkd LanguageCode = "MKD"
	LanguageCodeMlg LanguageCode = "MLG"
	LanguageCodeMsa LanguageCode = "MSA"
	LanguageCodeMal LanguageCode = "MAL"
	LanguageCodeMlt LanguageCode = "MLT"
	LanguageCodeGlv LanguageCode = "GLV"
	LanguageCodeMri LanguageCode = "MRI"
	LanguageCodeMar LanguageCode = "MAR"
	LanguageCodeMah LanguageCode = "MAH"
	LanguageCodeMon LanguageCode = "MON"
	LanguageCodeNau LanguageCode = "NAU"
	LanguageCodeNav LanguageCode = "NAV"
	LanguageCodeNde LanguageCode = "NDE"
	LanguageCodeNbl LanguageCode = "NBL"
	LanguageCodeNdo LanguageCode = "NDO"
	LanguageCodeNep LanguageCode = "NEP"
	LanguageCodeSme LanguageCode = "SME"
	LanguageCodeNor LanguageCode = "NOR"
	LanguageCodeNob LanguageCode = "NOB"
	LanguageCodeNno LanguageCode = "NNO"
	LanguageCodeOci LanguageCode = "OCI"
	LanguageCodeOji LanguageCode = "OJI"
	LanguageCodeOri LanguageCode = "ORI"
	LanguageCodeOrm LanguageCode = "ORM"
	LanguageCodeOss LanguageCode = "OSS"
	LanguageCodePli LanguageCode = "PLI"
	LanguageCodeFas LanguageCode = "FAS"
	LanguageCodePol LanguageCode = "POL"
	LanguageCodePus LanguageCode = "PUS"
	LanguageCodeQue LanguageCode = "QUE"
	LanguageCodeQaa LanguageCode = "QAA"
	LanguageCodeRon LanguageCode = "RON"
	LanguageCodeRoh LanguageCode = "ROH"
	LanguageCodeRun LanguageCode = "RUN"
	LanguageCodeSmo LanguageCode = "SMO"
	LanguageCodeSag LanguageCode = "SAG"
	LanguageCodeSan LanguageCode = "SAN"
	LanguageCodeSrd LanguageCode = "SRD"
	LanguageCodeSrb LanguageCode = "SRB"
	LanguageCodeSna LanguageCode = "SNA"
	LanguageCodeIii LanguageCode = "III"
	LanguageCodeSnd LanguageCode = "SND"
	LanguageCodeSin LanguageCode = "SIN"
	LanguageCodeSlk LanguageCode = "SLK"
	LanguageCodeSlv LanguageCode = "SLV"
	LanguageCodeSom LanguageCode = "SOM"
	LanguageCodeSot LanguageCode = "SOT"
	LanguageCodeSun LanguageCode = "SUN"
	LanguageCodeSwa LanguageCode = "SWA"
	LanguageCodeSsw LanguageCode = "SSW"
	LanguageCodeSwe LanguageCode = "SWE"
	LanguageCodeTgl LanguageCode = "TGL"
	LanguageCodeTah LanguageCode = "TAH"
	LanguageCodeTgk LanguageCode = "TGK"
	LanguageCodeTam LanguageCode = "TAM"
	LanguageCodeTat LanguageCode = "TAT"
	LanguageCodeTel LanguageCode = "TEL"
	LanguageCodeTha LanguageCode = "THA"
	LanguageCodeBod LanguageCode = "BOD"
	LanguageCodeTir LanguageCode = "TIR"
	LanguageCodeTon LanguageCode = "TON"
	LanguageCodeTso LanguageCode = "TSO"
	LanguageCodeTsn LanguageCode = "TSN"
	LanguageCodeTur LanguageCode = "TUR"
	LanguageCodeTuk LanguageCode = "TUK"
	LanguageCodeTwi LanguageCode = "TWI"
	LanguageCodeUig LanguageCode = "UIG"
	LanguageCodeUkr LanguageCode = "UKR"
	LanguageCodeUzb LanguageCode = "UZB"
	LanguageCodeVen LanguageCode = "VEN"
	LanguageCodeVol LanguageCode = "VOL"
	LanguageCodeWln LanguageCode = "WLN"
	LanguageCodeCym LanguageCode = "CYM"
	LanguageCodeFry LanguageCode = "FRY"
	LanguageCodeWol LanguageCode = "WOL"
	LanguageCodeXho LanguageCode = "XHO"
	LanguageCodeYid LanguageCode = "YID"
	LanguageCodeYor LanguageCode = "YOR"
	LanguageCodeZha LanguageCode = "ZHA"
	LanguageCodeZul LanguageCode = "ZUL"
	LanguageCodeOrj LanguageCode = "ORJ"
	LanguageCodeQpc LanguageCode = "QPC"
	LanguageCodeTng LanguageCode = "TNG"
	LanguageCodeSrp LanguageCode = "SRP"
)

Enum values for LanguageCode

func (LanguageCode) Values

func (LanguageCode) Values() []LanguageCode

Values returns all known values for LanguageCode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioBufferModel

type M2tsAudioBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb  M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB"
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioDuration

type M2tsAudioDuration string
const (
	M2tsAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration M2tsAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	M2tsAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   M2tsAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioDuration

func (M2tsAudioDuration) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsBufferModel

type M2tsBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX"
	M2tsBufferModelNone      M2tsBufferModel = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsBufferModel

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values() []M2tsBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsDataPtsControl

type M2tsDataPtsControl string
const (
	M2tsDataPtsControlAuto         M2tsDataPtsControl = "AUTO"
	M2tsDataPtsControlAlignToVideo M2tsDataPtsControl = "ALIGN_TO_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for M2tsDataPtsControl

func (M2tsDataPtsControl) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsDataPtsControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval string
const (
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval          M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpPlacement

type M2tsEbpPlacement string
const (
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid          M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEsRateInPes

type M2tsEsRateInPes string
const (
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE"
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values() []M2tsEsRateInPes

Values returns all known values for M2tsEsRateInPes. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder string
const (
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce   M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "FORCE"
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsNielsenId3

type M2tsNielsenId3 string
const (
	M2tsNielsenId3Insert M2tsNielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M2tsNielsenId3None   M2tsNielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3

func (M2tsNielsenId3) Values

func (M2tsNielsenId3) Values() []M2tsNielsenId3

Values returns all known values for M2tsNielsenId3. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsPcrControl

type M2tsPcrControl string
const (
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M2tsPcrControl

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values() []M2tsPcrControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsPcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsRateMode

type M2tsRateMode string
const (
	M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR"
	M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for M2tsRateMode

func (M2tsRateMode) Values

func (M2tsRateMode) Values() []M2tsRateMode

Values returns all known values for M2tsRateMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsScte35Esam

type M2tsScte35Esam struct {

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream generated
	// by ESAM.
	Scte35EsamPid int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for SCTE-35 signals from ESAM. Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).

type M2tsScte35Source

type M2tsScte35Source string
const (
	M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough M2tsScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsScte35SourceNone        M2tsScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsScte35Source

func (M2tsScte35Source) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone        M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt    M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp         M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy   M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationStyle

type M2tsSegmentationStyle string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence    M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationStyle. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSettings

type M2tsSettings struct {

	// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
	AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration M2tsAudioDuration

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes int32

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for any elementary audio streams you
	// include in this output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the
	// range 482-492.
	AudioPids []int32

	// Specify the output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting
	// to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other
	// common values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000.
	Bitrate int32

	// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to
	// MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower
	// latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without
	// interruptions.
	BufferModel M2tsBufferModel

	// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets with
	// Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first video
	// packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS
	// values). Keep the default value (AUTO) to allow all PTS values.
	DataPTSControl M2tsDataPtsControl

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the
	// transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job
	// specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream
	// output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the
	// transport stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job
	// specification, include this object only when your job has a transport stream
	// output and the container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for DVB subtitle data included in this
	// output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the range 460-479.
	DvbSubPids []int32

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport
	// stream of this output. When you work directly in your JSON job specification,
	// include this object only when your job has a transport stream output and the
	// container settings contain the object M2tsSettings.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for DVB teletext data you include in this
	// output. Default is 499.
	DvbTeletextPid int32

	// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to
	// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed,
	// and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to
	// VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable
	// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or
	// EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpAudioInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval

	// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on
	// the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when
	// EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or
	// EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement

	// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes

	// Keep the default value (DEFAULT) unless you know that your audio EBP markers are
	// incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem,
	// set this value to Force (FORCE).
	ForceTsVideoEbpOrder M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

	// The length, in seconds, of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime float64

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval int32

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified
	// time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP is
	// going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is not
	// emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead value
	// does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured elsewhere
	// to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate.
	MinEbpInterval int32

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the
	// input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M2tsNielsenId3

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate float64

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval int32

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when
	// the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M2tsPcrControl

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR) in
	// this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value for
	// Video PID (VideoPid).
	PcrPid int32

	// Specify the number of milliseconds between instances of the program map table
	// (PMT) in the output transport stream.
	PmtInterval int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program map table (PMT) itself.
	// Default is 480.
	PmtPid int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream. Default is
	// 503.
	PrivateMetadataPid int32

	// Use Program number (programNumber) to specify the program number used in the
	// program map table (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and
	// program map tables are parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for
	// organizing data.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but
	// the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
	RateMode M2tsRateMode

	// Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and
	// transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML
	// document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam *M2tsScte35Esam

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport
	// stream.
	Scte35Pid int32

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you
	// want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output.
	// Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35
	// markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE). Also provide the ESAM
	// XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML (sccXml). Also
	// enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the property scte35Esam).
	Scte35Source M2tsScte35Source

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart sets
	// the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the RAI
	// bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart
	// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
	// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the
	// adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be
	// truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
	// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
	// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This
	// means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all
	// segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note
	// that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle

	// Specify the length, in seconds, of each segment. Required unless markers is set
	// to none.
	SegmentationTime float64

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for timed metadata in this output. Default
	// is 502.
	TimedMetadataPid int32

	// Specify the ID for the transport stream itself in the program map table for this
	// output. Transport stream IDs and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2
	// transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
	TransportStreamId int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the
	// transport stream.
	VideoPid int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container (ContainerType) is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.

type M3u8AudioDuration

type M3u8AudioDuration string
const (
	M3u8AudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration M3u8AudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	M3u8AudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   M3u8AudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for M3u8AudioDuration

func (M3u8AudioDuration) Values

Values returns all known values for M3u8AudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8DataPtsControl

type M3u8DataPtsControl string
const (
	M3u8DataPtsControlAuto         M3u8DataPtsControl = "AUTO"
	M3u8DataPtsControlAlignToVideo M3u8DataPtsControl = "ALIGN_TO_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for M3u8DataPtsControl

func (M3u8DataPtsControl) Values

Values returns all known values for M3u8DataPtsControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8NielsenId3

type M3u8NielsenId3 string
const (
	M3u8NielsenId3Insert M3u8NielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M3u8NielsenId3None   M3u8NielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3

func (M3u8NielsenId3) Values

func (M3u8NielsenId3) Values() []M3u8NielsenId3

Values returns all known values for M3u8NielsenId3. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8PcrControl

type M3u8PcrControl string
const (
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M3u8PcrControl

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values() []M3u8PcrControl

Values returns all known values for M3u8PcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Scte35Source

type M3u8Scte35Source string
const (
	M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8Scte35SourceNone        M3u8Scte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8Scte35Source

func (M3u8Scte35Source) Values

Values returns all known values for M3u8Scte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Settings

type M3u8Settings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration M3u8AudioDuration

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by
	// comma separation.
	AudioPids []int32

	// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets with
	// Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first video
	// packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS
	// values). Keep the default value (AUTO) to allow all PTS values.
	DataPTSControl M3u8DataPtsControl

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval int32

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the
	// input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M3u8NielsenId3

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval int32

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted for
	// every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M3u8PcrControl

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the
	// Video PID.
	PcrPid int32

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PmtInterval int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport stream.
	PmtPid int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream.
	PrivateMetadataPid int32

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream.
	Scte35Pid int32

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you
	// want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output.
	// Choose None (NONE) if you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35
	// markers from an ESAM XML document-- Choose None (NONE) if you don't want
	// manifest conditioning. Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) and choose Ad markers
	// (adMarkers) if you do want manifest conditioning. In both cases, also provide
	// the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing notification XML
	// (sccXml).
	Scte35Source M3u8Scte35Source

	// Set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) to include ID3
	// metadata in this output. This includes ID3 metadata from the following features:
	// ID3 timestamp period (timedMetadataId3Period), and Custom ID3 metadata inserter
	// (timedMetadataInsertion). To exclude this ID3 metadata in this output: set ID3
	// metadata to None (NONE) or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata TimedMetadata

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the ID3 metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid int32

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	VideoPid int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to the MPEG-2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS) container for the MPEG2-TS segments in your HLS outputs.

type MotionImageInserter

type MotionImageInserter struct {

	// If your motion graphic asset is a .mov file, keep this setting unspecified. If
	// your motion graphic asset is a series of .png files, specify the frame rate of
	// the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as
	// 24/1. Make sure that the number of images in your series matches the frame rate
	// and your intended overlay duration. For example, if you want a 30-second overlay
	// at 30 fps, you should have 900 .png images. This overlay frame rate doesn't need
	// to match the frame rate of the underlying video.
	Framerate *MotionImageInsertionFramerate

	// Specify the .mov file or series of .png files that you want to overlay on your
	// video. For .png files, provide the file name of the first file in the series.
	// Make sure that the names of the .png files end with sequential numbers that
	// specify the order that they are played in. For example, overlay_000.png,
	// overlay_001.png, overlay_002.png, and so on. The sequence must start at zero,
	// and each image file name must have the same number of digits. Pad your initial
	// file names with enough zeros to complete the sequence. For example, if the first
	// image is overlay_0.png, there can be only 10 images in the sequence, with the
	// last image being overlay_9.png. But if the first image is overlay_00.png, there
	// can be 100 images in the sequence.
	Input *string

	// Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your overlay.
	// You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.
	InsertionMode MotionImageInsertionMode

	// Use Offset to specify the placement of your motion graphic overlay on the video
	// frame. Specify in pixels, from the upper-left corner of the frame. If you don't
	// specify an offset, the service scales your overlay to the full size of the
	// frame. Otherwise, the service inserts the overlay at its native resolution and
	// scales the size up or down with any video scaling.
	Offset *MotionImageInsertionOffset

	// Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only
	// once.
	Playback MotionImagePlayback

	// Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF or
	// HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into account
	// how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings and
	// input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at 0. If you
	// need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source that don't
	// start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is after the first
	// embedded timecode. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html Find
	// job-wide and input timecode configuration settings in your JSON job settings
	// specification at settings>timecodeConfig>source and
	// settings>inputs>timecodeSource.
	StartTime *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate struct {

	// The bottom of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 1.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// The top of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example, if
	// your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 24.
	FramerateNumerator int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

For motion overlays that don't have a built-in frame rate, specify the frame rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as 24/1. The overlay frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.

type MotionImageInsertionMode

type MotionImageInsertionMode string
const (
	MotionImageInsertionModeMov MotionImageInsertionMode = "MOV"
	MotionImageInsertionModePng MotionImageInsertionMode = "PNG"
)

Enum values for MotionImageInsertionMode

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for MotionImageInsertionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MotionImageInsertionOffset

type MotionImageInsertionOffset struct {

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the left edge of the video
	// frame.
	ImageX int32

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the top edge of the video
	// frame.
	ImageY int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the offset between the upper-left corner of the video frame and the top left corner of the overlay.

type MotionImagePlayback

type MotionImagePlayback string
const (
	MotionImagePlaybackOnce   MotionImagePlayback = "ONCE"
	MotionImagePlaybackRepeat MotionImagePlayback = "REPEAT"
)

Enum values for MotionImagePlayback

func (MotionImagePlayback) Values

Values returns all known values for MotionImagePlayback. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovClapAtom

type MovClapAtom string
const (
	MovClapAtomInclude MovClapAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovClapAtomExclude MovClapAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovClapAtom

func (MovClapAtom) Values

func (MovClapAtom) Values() []MovClapAtom

Values returns all known values for MovClapAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovCslgAtom

type MovCslgAtom string
const (
	MovCslgAtomInclude MovCslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovCslgAtomExclude MovCslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovCslgAtom

func (MovCslgAtom) Values

func (MovCslgAtom) Values() []MovCslgAtom

Values returns all known values for MovCslgAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl string
const (
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "XDCAM"
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg  MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "MPEG"
)

Enum values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) Values

Values returns all known values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovPaddingControl

type MovPaddingControl string
const (
	MovPaddingControlOmneon MovPaddingControl = "OMNEON"
	MovPaddingControlNone   MovPaddingControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MovPaddingControl

func (MovPaddingControl) Values

Values returns all known values for MovPaddingControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovReference

type MovReference string
const (
	MovReferenceSelfContained MovReference = "SELF_CONTAINED"
	MovReferenceExternal      MovReference = "EXTERNAL"
)

Enum values for MovReference

func (MovReference) Values

func (MovReference) Values() []MovReference

Values returns all known values for MovReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovSettings

type MovSettings struct {

	// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
	ClapAtom MovClapAtom

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in
	// the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a
	// 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1
	// amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom MovCslgAtom

	// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using
	// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players,
	// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the
	// video codec is MPEG2.
	Mpeg2FourCCControl MovMpeg2FourCCControl

	// To make this output compatible with Omenon, keep the default value, OMNEON.
	// Unless you need Omneon compatibility, set this value to NONE. When you keep the
	// default value, OMNEON, MediaConvert increases the length of the edit list atom.
	// This might cause file rejections when a recipient of the output file doesn't
	// expct this extra padding.
	PaddingControl MovPaddingControl

	// Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.
	Reference MovReference
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to your QuickTime MOV output container.

type Mp2Settings

type Mp2Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate int32

	// Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track.
	// Choosing Mono in the console will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo
	// will give you 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels int32

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value MP2.

type Mp3RateControlMode

type Mp3RateControlMode string
const (
	Mp3RateControlModeCbr Mp3RateControlMode = "CBR"
	Mp3RateControlModeVbr Mp3RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Mp3RateControlMode

func (Mp3RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Mp3RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp3Settings

type Mp3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the
	// console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API,
	// valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels int32

	// Specify whether the service encodes this MP3 audio output with a constant
	// bitrate (CBR) or a variable bitrate (VBR).
	RateControlMode Mp3RateControlMode

	// Sample rate in hz.
	SampleRate int32

	// Required when you set Bitrate control mode (rateControlMode) to VBR. Specify the
	// audio quality of this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality).
	VbrQuality int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value MP3.

type Mp4CslgAtom

type Mp4CslgAtom string
const (
	Mp4CslgAtomInclude Mp4CslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4CslgAtomExclude Mp4CslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4CslgAtom

func (Mp4CslgAtom) Values

func (Mp4CslgAtom) Values() []Mp4CslgAtom

Values returns all known values for Mp4CslgAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox string
const (
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) Values

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) Values() []Mp4FreeSpaceBox

Values returns all known values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4MoovPlacement

type Mp4MoovPlacement string
const (
	Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	Mp4MoovPlacementNormal              Mp4MoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for Mp4MoovPlacement

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) Values

Values returns all known values for Mp4MoovPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4Settings

type Mp4Settings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration CmfcAudioDuration

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in
	// the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a
	// 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1
	// amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom Mp4CslgAtom

	// Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification
	// matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version to 1
	// and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify a value
	// of 1, you must also set CSLG atom (cslgAtom) to the value INCLUDE. Keep the
	// default value 0 to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward
	// compatibility for some players and packagers.
	CttsVersion int32

	// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
	FreeSpaceBox Mp4FreeSpaceBox

	// If set to PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD, the MOOV atom is relocated to the beginning of
	// the archive as required for progressive downloading. Otherwise it is placed
	// normally at the end.
	MoovPlacement Mp4MoovPlacement

	// Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary to
	// specify.
	Mp4MajorBrand *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to your MP4 output container. You can create audio only outputs with this container. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/supported-codecs-containers-audio-only.html#output-codecs-and-containers-supported-for-audio-only.

type MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

type MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints string
const (
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsInclude MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints = "INCLUDE"
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsExclude MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

func (MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints) Values

Values returns all known values for MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdAudioDuration

type MpdAudioDuration string
const (
	MpdAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration MpdAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	MpdAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   MpdAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for MpdAudioDuration

func (MpdAudioDuration) Values

Values returns all known values for MpdAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdCaptionContainerType

type MpdCaptionContainerType string
const (
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw           MpdCaptionContainerType = "RAW"
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmentedMp4 MpdCaptionContainerType = "FRAGMENTED_MP4"
)

Enum values for MpdCaptionContainerType

func (MpdCaptionContainerType) Values

Values returns all known values for MpdCaptionContainerType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdScte35Esam

type MpdScte35Esam string
const (
	MpdScte35EsamInsert MpdScte35Esam = "INSERT"
	MpdScte35EsamNone   MpdScte35Esam = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdScte35Esam

func (MpdScte35Esam) Values

func (MpdScte35Esam) Values() []MpdScte35Esam

Values returns all known values for MpdScte35Esam. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdScte35Source

type MpdScte35Source string
const (
	MpdScte35SourcePassthrough MpdScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	MpdScte35SourceNone        MpdScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdScte35Source

func (MpdScte35Source) Values

func (MpdScte35Source) Values() []MpdScte35Source

Values returns all known values for MpdScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdSettings

type MpdSettings struct {

	// Optional. Choose Include (INCLUDE) to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH
	// manifest with elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally
	// required, but some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608
	// captions. Keep the default value, Exclude (EXCLUDE), to leave these elements
	// out. When you enable this setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes
	// in your manifest:
	AccessibilityCaptionHints MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration
	// (MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION). In all other cases, keep the default value, Default
	// codec duration (DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION). When you choose Match video duration,
	// MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or trims them to ensure
	// that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as long as the total
	// duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the audio stream
	// duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream. MediaConvert
	// applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last segment of the
	// output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only to the end of
	// the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies between audio
	// and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration MpdAudioDuration

	// Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or IMSC
	// captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your audio and
	// video. Choose Raw (RAW) for captions in a single XML file in a raw container.
	// Choose Fragmented MPEG-4 (FRAGMENTED_MP4) for captions in XML format contained
	// within fragmented MP4 files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from
	// your video and audio fragmented MP4 files.
	CaptionContainerType MpdCaptionContainerType

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT
	// to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify
	// in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML (sccXml).
	Scte35Esam MpdScte35Esam

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH) if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your
	// input to also appear in this output. Choose None (NONE) if you don't want those
	// SCTE-35 markers in this output.
	Scte35Source MpdScte35Source

	// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to
	// Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH). Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata
	// inserter (timedMetadataInsertion). MediaConvert writes each instance of ID3
	// metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude this ID3 metadata:
	// Set ID3 metadata to None (NONE) or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata MpdTimedMetadata
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your DASH outputs.

type MpdTimedMetadata

type MpdTimedMetadata string
const (
	MpdTimedMetadataPassthrough MpdTimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	MpdTimedMetadataNone        MpdTimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdTimedMetadata

func (MpdTimedMetadata) Values

Values returns all known values for MpdTimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2CodecLevel

type Mpeg2CodecLevel string
const (
	Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelLow      Mpeg2CodecLevel = "LOW"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelMain     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH1440"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecLevel

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) Values

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) Values() []Mpeg2CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2CodecProfile

type Mpeg2CodecProfile string
const (
	Mpeg2CodecProfileMain       Mpeg2CodecProfile = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 Mpeg2CodecProfile = "PROFILE_422"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecProfile

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop string
const (
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic   Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FramerateControl

type Mpeg2FramerateControl string
const (
	Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified            Mpeg2FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateControl

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string
const (
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames  Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode string
const (
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField          Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField    Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision string
const (
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto               Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ParControl

type Mpeg2ParControl string
const (
	Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2ParControlSpecified            Mpeg2ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ParControl

func (Mpeg2ParControl) Values

func (Mpeg2ParControl) Values() []Mpeg2ParControl

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass  Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2RateControlMode

type Mpeg2RateControlMode string
const (
	Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "VBR"
	Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2RateControlMode

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode

type Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode

func (Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled  Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Settings

type Mpeg2Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial adaptive
	// quantization (spatialAdaptiveQuantization), and Temporal adaptive quantization
	// (temporalAdaptiveQuantization).
	AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For MS
	// Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate int32

	// Use Level (Mpeg2CodecLevel) to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
	CodecLevel Mpeg2CodecLevel

	// Use Profile (Mpeg2CodecProfile) to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
	CodecProfile Mpeg2CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames
	// (numberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames).
	DynamicSubGop Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Mpeg2FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set
	// this value to 5. When you create a streaming output, we recommend that you keep
	// the default value, 1, so that players starting mid-stream receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Don't set this value to 0; that would break output
	// segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// Specify the interval between keyframes, in seconds or frames, for this output.
	// Default: 12 Related settings: When you specify the GOP size in seconds, set GOP
	// mode control (GopSizeUnits) to Specified, seconds (SECONDS). The default value
	// for GOP mode control (GopSizeUnits) is Frames (FRAMES).
	GopSize float64

	// Specify the units for GOP size (GopSize). If you don't specify a value here, by
	// default the encoder measures GOP size in frames.
	GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode Mpeg2InterlaceMode

	// Use Intra DC precision (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) to set quantization precision for
	// intra-block DC coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will
	// automatically select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.
	IntraDcPrecision Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Use this setting only when you also enable Scene change detection
	// (SceneChangeDetect). This setting determines how the encoder manages the spacing
	// between I-frames that it inserts as part of the I-frame cadence and the I-frames
	// that it inserts for Scene change detection. When you specify a value for this
	// setting, the encoder determines whether to skip a cadence-driven I-frame by the
	// value you set. For example, if you set Min I interval (minIInterval) to 5 and a
	// cadence-driven I-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change I-frame,
	// then the encoder skips the cadence-driven I-frame. In this way, one GOP is
	// shrunk slightly and one GOP is stretched slightly. When the cadence-driven
	// I-frames are farther from the scene-change I-frame than the value you set, then
	// the encoder leaves all I-frames in place and the GOPs surrounding the scene
	// change are smaller than the usual cadence GOPs.
	MinIInterval int32

	// Specify the number of B-frames that MediaConvert puts between reference frames
	// in this output. Valid values are whole numbers from 0 through 7. When you don't
	// specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl Mpeg2ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

	// Use Rate control mode (Mpeg2RateControlMode) to specify whether the bitrate is
	// variable (vbr) or constant (cbr).
	RateControlMode Mpeg2RateControlMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this
	// case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field
	// in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all
	// other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any
	// frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose
	// Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't
	// suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to
	// basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set
	// Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized
	// interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode
	// (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	ScanTypeConversionMode Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	SceneChangeDetect Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal Mpeg2SlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that requires
	// a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we recommend
	// that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for the
	// setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a noise reducer filter
	// (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting specifies the quantization
	// matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, to use the AWS
	// Elemental default matrices. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar
	// interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction
	// of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
	Softness int32

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion
	// with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any
	// small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are
	// encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits.
	// Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note,
	// though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention
	// is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part
	// of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this
	// feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the
	// value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) depending on your
	// content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set it to
	// Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default value
	// to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 (D_10) for your MXF
	// profile (profile), you must also set this value to to D10 (D_10).
	Syntax Mpeg2Syntax

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or
	// soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine (HARD) produces a
	// 29.97i output. Soft telecine (SOFT) produces an output with a 23.976 output that
	// signals to the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When
	// you keep the default value, None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate
	// conversion to 29.97 without doing anything with the field polarity to create a
	// smoother picture.
	Telecine Mpeg2Telecine

	// Keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization within each
	// frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this
	// feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving
	// and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For
	// example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and
	// scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve
	// your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account
	// where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be
	// focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to
	// disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization,
	// adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization
	// (adaptiveQuantization).
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value MPEG2.

type Mpeg2SlowPal

type Mpeg2SlowPal string
const (
	Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled  Mpeg2SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SlowPal

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) Values

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) Values() []Mpeg2SlowPal

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Syntax

type Mpeg2Syntax string
const (
	Mpeg2SyntaxDefault Mpeg2Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	Mpeg2SyntaxD10     Mpeg2Syntax = "D_10"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Syntax

func (Mpeg2Syntax) Values

func (Mpeg2Syntax) Values() []Mpeg2Syntax

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Telecine

type Mpeg2Telecine string
const (
	Mpeg2TelecineNone Mpeg2Telecine = "NONE"
	Mpeg2TelecineSoft Mpeg2Telecine = "SOFT"
	Mpeg2TelecineHard Mpeg2Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Telecine

func (Mpeg2Telecine) Values

func (Mpeg2Telecine) Values() []Mpeg2Telecine

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest

type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your Microsoft Smooth
	// group is film-name.ismv. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the
	// file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is
	// film-name-no-premium.ismv.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each additional Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication string
const (
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS"
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone                    MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) Values

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct {

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.

type MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl

type MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl string
const (
	MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlExact       MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlGopMultiple MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl

func (MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl) Values

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothGroupSettings

type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one .ism Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest for
	// each Microsoft Smooth Streaming output group in your job. This default manifest
	// references every output in the output group. To create additional manifests that
	// reference a subset of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them
	// here.
	AdditionalManifests []MsSmoothAdditionalManifest

	// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a
	// Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
	AudioDeduplication MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

	// Use Destination (Destination) to specify the S3 output location and the output
	// filename base. Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the
	// base filename in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file.
	// If your job has multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first
	// input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// If you are using DRM, set DRM System (MsSmoothEncryptionSettings) to specify the
	// value SpekeKeyProvider.
	Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose Exact
	// (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Fragment length (FragmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames.
	// Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment
	// lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	FragmentLength int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose Exact
	// (EXACT) to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the
	// setting Fragment length (FragmentLength). This might result in extra I-frames.
	// Choose Multiple of GOP (GOP_MULTIPLE) to have the encoder round up the segment
	// lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	FragmentLengthControl MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl

	// Use Manifest encoding (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) to specify the encoding format
	// for the server and client manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
	ManifestEncoding MsSmoothManifestEncoding
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding string
const (
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8  MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF8"
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF16"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) Values

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfAfdSignaling

type MxfAfdSignaling string
const (
	MxfAfdSignalingNoCopy        MxfAfdSignaling = "NO_COPY"
	MxfAfdSignalingCopyFromVideo MxfAfdSignaling = "COPY_FROM_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for MxfAfdSignaling

func (MxfAfdSignaling) Values

func (MxfAfdSignaling) Values() []MxfAfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for MxfAfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfProfile

type MxfProfile string
const (
	MxfProfileD10   MxfProfile = "D_10"
	MxfProfileXdcam MxfProfile = "XDCAM"
	MxfProfileOp1a  MxfProfile = "OP1A"
	MxfProfileXavc  MxfProfile = "XAVC"
)

Enum values for MxfProfile

func (MxfProfile) Values

func (MxfProfile) Values() []MxfProfile

Values returns all known values for MxfProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfSettings

type MxfSettings struct {

	// Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream, use
	// this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper. Choose
	// Don't copy (NO_COPY) to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy
	// from video stream (COPY_FROM_VIDEO) to copy the AFD values from the video stream
	// for this output to the MXF wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the
	// AFD values remain in the video stream. Related settings: To set up your output
	// to include or exclude AFD values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On
	// the console, find AFD signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
	AfdSignaling MxfAfdSignaling

	// Specify the MXF profile, also called shim, for this output. When you choose
	// Auto, MediaConvert chooses a profile based on the video codec and resolution.
	// For a list of codecs supported with each MXF profile, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/codecs-supported-with-each-mxf-profile.html.
	// For more information about the automatic selection behavior, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/default-automatic-selection-of-mxf-profiles.html.
	Profile MxfProfile

	// Specify the XAVC profile settings for MXF outputs when you set your MXF profile
	// to XAVC.
	XavcProfileSettings *MxfXavcProfileSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to your MXF output container.

type MxfXavcDurationMode

type MxfXavcDurationMode string
const (
	MxfXavcDurationModeAllowAnyDuration        MxfXavcDurationMode = "ALLOW_ANY_DURATION"
	MxfXavcDurationModeDropFramesForCompliance MxfXavcDurationMode = "DROP_FRAMES_FOR_COMPLIANCE"
)

Enum values for MxfXavcDurationMode

func (MxfXavcDurationMode) Values

Values returns all known values for MxfXavcDurationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfXavcProfileSettings

type MxfXavcProfileSettings struct {

	// To create an output that complies with the XAVC file format guidelines for
	// interoperability, keep the default value, Drop frames for compliance
	// (DROP_FRAMES_FOR_COMPLIANCE). To include all frames from your input in this
	// output, keep the default setting, Allow any duration (ALLOW_ANY_DURATION). The
	// number of frames that MediaConvert excludes when you set this to Drop frames for
	// compliance depends on the output frame rate and duration.
	DurationMode MxfXavcDurationMode

	// Specify a value for this setting only for outputs that you set up with one of
	// these two XAVC profiles: XAVC HD Intra CBG (XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG) or XAVC 4K Intra
	// CBG (XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG). Specify the amount of space in each frame that the
	// service reserves for ancillary data, such as teletext captions. The default
	// value for this setting is 1492 bytes per frame. This should be sufficient to
	// prevent overflow unless you have multiple pages of teletext captions data. If
	// you have a large amount of teletext data, specify a larger number.
	MaxAncDataSize int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the XAVC profile settings for MXF outputs when you set your MXF profile to XAVC.

type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings

type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings struct {

	// Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly in your
	// JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include Nagra
	// NexGuard File Marker watermarking (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job.
	License *string

	// Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values
	// vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking
	// (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job. For PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2),
	// specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303. You must generate a unique ID for
	// each asset you watermark, and keep a record of which ID you have assigned to
	// each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert keep track of the relationship
	// between output files and your IDs. For OTT Streaming, create two adaptive
	// bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this by setting up two output groups.
	// For one output group, set the value of Payload ID (payload) to 0 in every
	// output. For the other output group, set Payload ID (payload) to 1 in every
	// output.
	Payload int32

	// Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking
	// (NexGuardWatermarkingSettings) in your job.
	Preset *string

	// Optional. Ignore this setting unless Nagra support directs you to specify a
	// value. When you don't specify a value here, the Nagra NexGuard library uses its
	// default value.
	Strength WatermarkingStrength
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and OTT Streaming workflows.

type NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

type NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType string
const (
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNw        NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "NAES2_AND_NW"
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeCbet              NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "CBET"
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNwAndCbet NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET"
)

Enum values for NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

func (NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType) Values

Values returns all known values for NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenConfiguration

type NielsenConfiguration struct {

	// Nielsen has discontinued the use of breakout code functionality. If you must
	// include this property, set the value to zero.
	BreakoutCode int32

	// Use Distributor ID (DistributorID) to specify the distributor ID that is
	// assigned to your organization by Neilsen.
	DistributorId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration (nielsenConfiguration), MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job. To enable Nielsen configuration programmatically, include an instance of nielsenConfiguration in your JSON job specification. Even if you don't include any children of nielsenConfiguration, you still enable the setting.

type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings struct {

	// Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When you
	// choose NAES 2 and NW (NAES2_AND_NW), you must provide a value for the setting
	// SID (sourceId). When you choose CBET (CBET), you must provide a value for the
	// setting CSID (cbetSourceId). When you choose NAES 2, NW, and CBET
	// (NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET), you must provide values for both of these settings.
	ActiveWatermarkProcess NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

	// Optional. Use this setting when you want the service to include an ADI file in
	// the Nielsen metadata .zip file. To provide an ADI file, store it in Amazon S3
	// and provide a URL to it here. The URL should be in the following format:
	// S3://bucket/path/ADI-file. For more information about the metadata .zip file,
	// see the setting Metadata destination (metadataDestination).
	AdiFilename *string

	// Use the asset ID that you provide to Nielsen to uniquely identify this asset.
	// Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetId *string

	// Use the asset name that you provide to Nielsen for this asset. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetName *string

	// Use the CSID that Nielsen provides to you. This CBET source ID should be unique
	// to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets that have CBET
	// watermarking. Required when you choose a value for the setting Watermark types
	// (ActiveWatermarkProcess) that includes CBET.
	CbetSourceId *string

	// Optional. If this asset uses an episode ID with Nielsen, provide it here.
	EpisodeId *string

	// Specify the Amazon S3 location where you want MediaConvert to save your Nielsen
	// non-linear metadata .zip file. This Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same Region
	// as the one where you do your MediaConvert transcoding. If you want to include an
	// ADI file in this .zip file, use the setting ADI file (adiFilename) to specify
	// it. MediaConvert delivers the Nielsen metadata .zip files only to your metadata
	// destination Amazon S3 bucket. It doesn't deliver the .zip files to Nielsen. You
	// are responsible for delivering the metadata .zip files to Nielsen.
	MetadataDestination *string

	// Use the SID that Nielsen provides to you. This source ID should be unique to
	// your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking. This ID should be unique to your Nielsen
	// account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all Nielsen
	// non-linear watermarking.
	SourceId int32

	// Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen
	// non-linear watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked (WATERMARKED), the
	// service fails the job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to
	// only clean content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
	SourceWatermarkStatus NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

	// Specify the endpoint for the TIC server that you have deployed and configured in
	// the AWS Cloud. Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking. MediaConvert
	// can't connect directly to a TIC server. Instead, you must use API Gateway to
	// provide a RESTful interface between MediaConvert and a TIC server that you
	// deploy in your AWS account. For more information on deploying a TIC server in
	// your AWS account and the required API Gateway, contact Nielsen support.
	TicServerUrl *string

	// To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep the
	// default value Share TICs (SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK). To create assets that have
	// unique TIC values for each audio track, choose Use unique TICs
	// (RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK).
	UniqueTicPerAudioTrack NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking. Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 5.2.1 Nielsen NLM Watermark Engine Version 1.2.7 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [5.0.0]

type NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

type NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType string
const (
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeClean       NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType = "CLEAN"
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeWatermarked NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType = "WATERMARKED"
)

Enum values for NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

func (NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType) Values

Values returns all known values for NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType

type NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType string
const (
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeReserveUniqueTicsPerTrack NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType = "RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK"
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeSameTicsPerTrack          NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType = "SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK"
)

Enum values for NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType

func (NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType) Values

Values returns all known values for NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening string
const (
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "DISABLED"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled  NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "ENABLED"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto     NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening) Values

Values returns all known values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength string
const (
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthLow    NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "LOW"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthMedium NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "MEDIUM"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthHigh   NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength) Values

Values returns all known values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseReducer

type NoiseReducer struct {

	// Use Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter) to select one of the following
	// spatial image filtering functions. To use this setting, you must also enable
	// Noise reducer (NoiseReducer). * Bilateral preserves edges while reducing noise.
	// * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution
	// filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise reduction. * Spatial does
	// frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. * Temporal optimizes video
	// quality for complex motion.
	Filter NoiseReducerFilter

	// Settings for a noise reducer filter
	FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings

	// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
	SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings

	// Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
	TemporalFilterSettings *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer (NoiseReducer), you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter (NoiseReducerFilter).

type NoiseReducerFilter

type NoiseReducerFilter string
const (
	NoiseReducerFilterBilateral NoiseReducerFilter = "BILATERAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterMean      NoiseReducerFilter = "MEAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterGaussian  NoiseReducerFilter = "GAUSSIAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterLanczos   NoiseReducerFilter = "LANCZOS"
	NoiseReducerFilterSharpen   NoiseReducerFilter = "SHARPEN"
	NoiseReducerFilterConserve  NoiseReducerFilter = "CONSERVE"
	NoiseReducerFilterSpatial   NoiseReducerFilter = "SPATIAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterTemporal  NoiseReducerFilter = "TEMPORAL"
)

Enum values for NoiseReducerFilter

func (NoiseReducerFilter) Values

Values returns all known values for NoiseReducerFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct {

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a noise reducer filter

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct {

	// Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling the
	// filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength.
	PostFilterSharpenStrength int32

	// The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with 0 being
	// the nominal value.
	Speed int32

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings struct {

	// Use Aggressive mode for content that has complex motion. Higher values produce
	// stronger temporal filtering. This filters highly complex scenes more
	// aggressively and creates better VQ for low bitrate outputs.
	AggressiveMode int32

	// When you set Noise reducer (noiseReducer) to Temporal (TEMPORAL), the bandwidth
	// and sharpness of your output is reduced. You can optionally use Post temporal
	// sharpening (postTemporalSharpening) to apply sharpening to the edges of your
	// output. Note that Post temporal sharpening will also make the bandwidth
	// reduction from the Noise reducer smaller. The default behavior, Auto (AUTO),
	// allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply sharpening, depending on
	// your input type and quality. When you set Post temporal sharpening to Enabled
	// (ENABLED), specify how much sharpening is applied using Post temporal sharpening
	// strength (postTemporalSharpeningStrength). Set Post temporal sharpening to
	// Disabled (DISABLED) to not apply sharpening.
	PostTemporalSharpening NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

	// Use Post temporal sharpening strength (postTemporalSharpeningStrength) to define
	// the amount of sharpening the transcoder applies to your output. Set Post
	// temporal sharpening strength to Low (LOW), Medium (MEDIUM), or High (HIGH) to
	// indicate the amount of sharpening.
	PostTemporalSharpeningStrength NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength

	// The speed of the filter (higher number is faster). Low setting reduces bit rate
	// at the cost of transcode time, high setting improves transcode time at the cost
	// of bit rate.
	Speed int32

	// Specify the strength of the noise reducing filter on this output. Higher values
	// produce stronger filtering. We recommend the following value ranges, depending
	// on the result that you want: * 0-2 for complexity reduction with minimal
	// sharpness loss * 2-8 for complexity reduction with image preservation * 8-16 for
	// a high level of complexity reduction
	Strength int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.

type NotFoundException

type NotFoundException struct {
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The resource you requested doesn't exist.

func (*NotFoundException) Error

func (e *NotFoundException) Error() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorCode

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorCode() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorFault

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorMessage

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorMessage() string

type OpusSettings

type OpusSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values are
	// multiples of 8000, from 32000 through 192000. The default value is 96000, which
	// we recommend for quality and bandwidth.
	Bitrate int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the
	// console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API,
	// valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels int32

	// Optional. Sample rate in hz. Valid values are 16000, 24000, and 48000. The
	// default value is 48000.
	SampleRate int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value OPUS.

type Order

type Order string
const (
	OrderAscending  Order = "ASCENDING"
	OrderDescending Order = "DESCENDING"
)

Enum values for Order

func (Order) Values

func (Order) Values() []Order

Values returns all known values for Order. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Output

type Output struct {

	// (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by
	// audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output.
	// (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// (CaptionDescriptions) contains groups of captions settings. For each output that
	// has captions, include one instance of (CaptionDescriptions).
	// (CaptionDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of captions settings.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescription

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings

	// Use Extension (Extension) to specify the file extension for outputs in File
	// output groups. If you do not specify a value, the service will use default
	// extensions by container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts *
	// Quicktime, mov * MXF container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container,
	// webm * No Container, the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265,
	// H265, AC3)
	Extension *string

	// Use Name modifier (NameModifier) to have the service add a string to the end of
	// each output filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination
	// URI. When you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier
	// (NameModifier) is required. Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For
	// DASH ISO outputs, if you use the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one
	// output, you must use them in the same way in all outputs of the output group.
	NameModifier *string

	// Specific settings for this type of output.
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings

	// Use Preset (Preset) to specify a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide
	// the system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset (Preset) or
	// Container settings (ContainerSettings), but not both.
	Preset *string

	// VideoDescription contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific video
	// settings depend on the video codec that you choose for the property codec.
	// Include one instance of VideoDescription per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Each output in your job is a collection of settings that describes how you want MediaConvert to encode a single output file or stream. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/create-outputs.html.

type OutputChannelMapping

type OutputChannelMapping struct {

	// Use this setting to specify your remix values when they are integers, such as
	// -10, 0, or 4.
	InputChannels []int32

	// Use this setting to specify your remix values when they have a decimal
	// component, such as -10.312, 0.08, or 4.9. MediaConvert rounds your remixing
	// values to the nearest thousandth.
	InputChannelsFineTune []float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OutputChannel mapping settings.

type OutputDetail

type OutputDetail struct {

	// Duration in milliseconds
	DurationInMs int32

	// Contains details about the output's video stream
	VideoDetails *VideoDetail
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details regarding output

type OutputGroup

type OutputGroup struct {

	// Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings for
	// you, based on characteristics of your input video.
	AutomatedEncodingSettings *AutomatedEncodingSettings

	// Use Custom Group Name (CustomName) to specify a name for the output group. This
	// value is displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more
	// human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters
	// that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
	CustomName *string

	// Name of the output group
	Name *string

	// Output Group settings, including type
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings

	// This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per output.
	Outputs []Output
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group of outputs

type OutputGroupDetail

type OutputGroupDetail struct {

	// Details about the output
	OutputDetails []OutputDetail
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings.

type OutputGroupSettings

type OutputGroupSettings struct {

	// Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When
	// you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any
	// required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to
	// CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	CmafGroupSettings *CmafGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When
	// you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any
	// required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to
	// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group of
	// settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming package.
	// When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and
	// any required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to
	// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When
	// you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any
	// required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to
	// HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html. When
	// you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any
	// required children when you set Type, under OutputGroupSettings, to
	// MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS.
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings

	// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming, CMAF)
	Type OutputGroupType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Group settings, including type

type OutputGroupType

type OutputGroupType string
const (
	OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings      OutputGroupType = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings  OutputGroupType = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS"
)

Enum values for OutputGroupType

func (OutputGroupType) Values

func (OutputGroupType) Values() []OutputGroupType

Values returns all known values for OutputGroupType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OutputSdt

type OutputSdt string
const (
	OutputSdtSdtFollow          OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW"
	OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"
	OutputSdtSdtManual          OutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL"
	OutputSdtSdtNone            OutputSdt = "SDT_NONE"
)

Enum values for OutputSdt

func (OutputSdt) Values

func (OutputSdt) Values() []OutputSdt

Values returns all known values for OutputSdt. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OutputSettings

type OutputSettings struct {

	// Settings for HLS output groups
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specific settings for this type of output.

type PartnerWatermarking

type PartnerWatermarking struct {

	// For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File
	// Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and
	// OTT Streaming workflows.
	NexguardFileMarkerSettings *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in your output.

type Policy

type Policy struct {

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify HTTP inputs.
	HttpInputs InputPolicy

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify HTTPS inputs.
	HttpsInputs InputPolicy

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify Amazon S3 inputs.
	S3Inputs InputPolicy
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A policy configures behavior that you allow or disallow for your account. For information about MediaConvert policies, see the user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html

type Preset

type Preset struct {

	// A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *PresetSettings

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// An optional category you create to organize your presets.
	Category *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description you create for each preset.
	Description *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset can't
	// be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.

type PresetListBy

type PresetListBy string
const (
	PresetListByName         PresetListBy = "NAME"
	PresetListByCreationDate PresetListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	PresetListBySystem       PresetListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for PresetListBy

func (PresetListBy) Values

func (PresetListBy) Values() []PresetListBy

Values returns all known values for PresetListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PresetSettings

type PresetSettings struct {

	// (AudioDescriptions) contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by
	// audio codec. Include one instance of (AudioDescriptions) per output.
	// (AudioDescriptions) can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// This object holds groups of settings related to captions for one output. For
	// each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescriptionPreset

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings

	// VideoDescription contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific video
	// settings depend on the video codec that you choose for the property codec.
	// Include one instance of VideoDescription per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for preset

type PricingPlan

type PricingPlan string
const (
	PricingPlanOnDemand PricingPlan = "ON_DEMAND"
	PricingPlanReserved PricingPlan = "RESERVED"
)

Enum values for PricingPlan

func (PricingPlan) Values

func (PricingPlan) Values() []PricingPlan

Values returns all known values for PricingPlan. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresChromaSampling

type ProresChromaSampling string
const (
	ProresChromaSamplingPreserve444Sampling ProresChromaSampling = "PRESERVE_444_SAMPLING"
	ProresChromaSamplingSubsampleTo422      ProresChromaSampling = "SUBSAMPLE_TO_422"
)

Enum values for ProresChromaSampling

func (ProresChromaSampling) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresChromaSampling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresCodecProfile

type ProresCodecProfile string
const (
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422      ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444     ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_4444"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444Xq   ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_4444_XQ"
)

Enum values for ProresCodecProfile

func (ProresCodecProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresFramerateControl

type ProresFramerateControl string
const (
	ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource ProresFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresFramerateControlSpecified            ProresFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateControl

func (ProresFramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresInterlaceMode

type ProresInterlaceMode string
const (
	ProresInterlaceModeProgressive       ProresInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	ProresInterlaceModeTopField          ProresInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeBottomField       ProresInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField    ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for ProresInterlaceMode

func (ProresInterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresParControl

type ProresParControl string
const (
	ProresParControlInitializeFromSource ProresParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresParControlSpecified            ProresParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresParControl

func (ProresParControl) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresScanTypeConversionMode

type ProresScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         ProresScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize ProresScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for ProresScanTypeConversionMode

func (ProresScanTypeConversionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for ProresScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresSettings

type ProresSettings struct {

	// This setting applies only to ProRes 4444 and ProRes 4444 XQ outputs that you
	// create from inputs that use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Set Preserve 4:4:4 sampling
	// (PRESERVE_444_SAMPLING) to allow outputs to also use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. You
	// must specify a value for this setting when your output codec profile supports
	// 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Related Settings: When you set Chroma sampling to
	// Preserve 4:4:4 sampling (PRESERVE_444_SAMPLING), you must choose an output codec
	// profile that supports 4:4:4 chroma sampling. These values for Profile
	// (CodecProfile) support 4:4:4 chroma sampling: Apple ProRes 4444
	// (APPLE_PRORES_4444) or Apple ProRes 4444 XQ (APPLE_PRORES_4444_XQ). When you set
	// Chroma sampling to Preserve 4:4:4 sampling, you must disable all video
	// preprocessors except for Nexguard file marker (PartnerWatermarking). When you
	// set Chroma sampling to Preserve 4:4:4 sampling and use framerate conversion, you
	// must set Frame rate conversion algorithm (FramerateConversionAlgorithm) to Drop
	// duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP).
	ChromaSampling ProresChromaSampling

	// Use Profile (ProResCodecProfile) to specify the type of Apple ProRes codec to
	// use for this output.
	CodecProfile ProresCodecProfile

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl ProresFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode ProresInterlaceMode

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl ProresParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this
	// case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field
	// in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all
	// other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any
	// frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose
	// Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't
	// suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to
	// basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set
	// Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized
	// interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode
	// (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	ScanTypeConversionMode ProresScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal ProresSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine ProresTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value PRORES.

type ProresSlowPal

type ProresSlowPal string
const (
	ProresSlowPalDisabled ProresSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	ProresSlowPalEnabled  ProresSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for ProresSlowPal

func (ProresSlowPal) Values

func (ProresSlowPal) Values() []ProresSlowPal

Values returns all known values for ProresSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresTelecine

type ProresTelecine string
const (
	ProresTelecineNone ProresTelecine = "NONE"
	ProresTelecineHard ProresTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for ProresTelecine

func (ProresTelecine) Values

func (ProresTelecine) Values() []ProresTelecine

Values returns all known values for ProresTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Queue

type Queue struct {

	// A name that you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you created the queue.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description that you create for each queue.
	Description *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you most recently updated the queue.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved. For
	// on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For reserved,
	// you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless of how much
	// or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month commitment.
	PricingPlan PricingPlan

	// The estimated number of jobs with a PROGRESSING status.
	ProgressingJobsCount int32

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlan *ReservationPlan

	// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, the service won't begin
	// processing jobs in that queue. Jobs that are running when you pause the queue
	// continue to run until they finish or result in an error.
	Status QueueStatus

	// The estimated number of jobs with a SUBMITTED status.
	SubmittedJobsCount int32

	// Specifies whether this on-demand queue is system or custom. System queues are
	// built in. You can't modify or delete system queues. You can create and modify
	// custom queues.
	Type Type
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.

type QueueListBy

type QueueListBy string
const (
	QueueListByName         QueueListBy = "NAME"
	QueueListByCreationDate QueueListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
)

Enum values for QueueListBy

func (QueueListBy) Values

func (QueueListBy) Values() []QueueListBy

Values returns all known values for QueueListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type QueueStatus

type QueueStatus string
const (
	QueueStatusActive QueueStatus = "ACTIVE"
	QueueStatusPaused QueueStatus = "PAUSED"
)

Enum values for QueueStatus

func (QueueStatus) Values

func (QueueStatus) Values() []QueueStatus

Values returns all known values for QueueStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type QueueTransition

type QueueTransition struct {

	// The queue that the job was on after the transition.
	DestinationQueue *string

	// The queue that the job was on before the transition.
	SourceQueue *string

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the job moved from the source queue to the
	// destination queue.
	Timestamp *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Description of the source and destination queues between which the job has moved, along with the timestamp of the move

type Rectangle

type Rectangle struct {

	// Height of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Height int32

	// Width of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Width int32

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	X int32

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	Y int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame.

type RemixSettings

type RemixSettings struct {

	// Channel mapping (ChannelMapping) contains the group of fields that hold the
	// remixing value for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how
	// much of the content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio
	// channels. Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array
	// specifies these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array
	// for each output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in
	// the graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix
	// correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60 (mute)
	// through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output
	// channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or
	// InputChannelsFineTune to specify your remix values. Don't use both.
	ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping

	// Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use in
	// your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these
	// channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different. If
	// you are doing both input channel mapping and output channel mapping, the number
	// of output channels in your input mapping must be the same as the number of input
	// channels in your output mapping.
	ChannelsIn int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: 1,
	// 2, 4, 6, 8... 64. (1 and even numbers to 64.) If you are doing both input
	// channel mapping and output channel mapping, the number of output channels in
	// your input mapping must be the same as the number of input channels in your
	// output mapping.
	ChannelsOut int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Manual audio remixing (RemixSettings) to adjust audio levels for each audio channel in each output of your job. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels than your input audio source provides.

type RenewalType

type RenewalType string
const (
	RenewalTypeAutoRenew RenewalType = "AUTO_RENEW"
	RenewalTypeExpire    RenewalType = "EXPIRE"
)

Enum values for RenewalType

func (RenewalType) Values

func (RenewalType) Values() []RenewalType

Values returns all known values for RenewalType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationPlan

type ReservationPlan struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	Commitment Commitment

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when the current pricing plan term for this
	// reserved queue expires.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you set up the current pricing plan for
	// this reserved queue.
	PurchasedAt *time.Time

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.
	RenewalType RenewalType

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each
	// RTS can process one job at a time. When you increase this number, you extend
	// your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for a larger number of
	// RTS. The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You
	// can't decrease the number of RTS in your reserved queue.
	ReservedSlots int32

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.
	Status ReservationPlanStatus
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

type ReservationPlanSettings

type ReservationPlanSettings struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Commitment Commitment

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. When your term
	// is auto renewed, you extend your commitment by 12 months from the auto renew
	// date. You can cancel this commitment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RenewalType RenewalType

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each
	// RTS can process one job at a time. You can't decrease the number of RTS in your
	// reserved queue. You can increase the number of RTS by extending your existing
	// commitment with a new 12-month commitment for the larger number. The new
	// commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You can't cancel
	// your commitment or revert to your original commitment after you increase the
	// capacity.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedSlots int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

type ReservationPlanStatus

type ReservationPlanStatus string
const (
	ReservationPlanStatusActive  ReservationPlanStatus = "ACTIVE"
	ReservationPlanStatusExpired ReservationPlanStatus = "EXPIRED"
)

Enum values for ReservationPlanStatus

func (ReservationPlanStatus) Values

Values returns all known values for ReservationPlanStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ResourceTags

type ResourceTags struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
	Arn *string

	// The tags for the resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

type RespondToAfd

type RespondToAfd string
const (
	RespondToAfdNone        RespondToAfd = "NONE"
	RespondToAfdRespond     RespondToAfd = "RESPOND"
	RespondToAfdPassthrough RespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for RespondToAfd

func (RespondToAfd) Values

func (RespondToAfd) Values() []RespondToAfd

Values returns all known values for RespondToAfd. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3DestinationAccessControl

type S3DestinationAccessControl struct {

	// Choose an Amazon S3 canned ACL for MediaConvert to apply to this output.
	CannedAcl S3ObjectCannedAcl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.

type S3DestinationSettings

type S3DestinationSettings struct {

	// Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the
	// outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically
	// applies the default access control list PRIVATE.
	AccessControl *S3DestinationAccessControl

	// Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon
	// S3.
	Encryption *S3EncryptionSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with S3 destination

type S3EncryptionSettings

type S3EncryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your
	// content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key
	// (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content.
	// Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set
	// up, choose Amazon S3 (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3). If you want your master key to
	// be managed by AWS Key Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS
	// (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). By default, when you choose AWS KMS, KMS uses the
	// AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to encrypt your
	// data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different, customer managed
	// CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the key for the
	// setting KMS ARN (kmsKeyArn).
	EncryptionType S3ServerSideEncryptionType

	// Optionally, specify the encryption context that you want to use alongside your
	// KMS key. AWS KMS uses this encryption context as additional authenticated data
	// (AAD) to support authenticated encryption. This value must be a base64-encoded
	// UTF-8 string holding JSON which represents a string-string map. To use this
	// setting, you must also set Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType)
	// to AWS KMS (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). For more information about encryption
	// context, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context.
	KmsEncryptionContext *string

	// Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to
	// encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter the
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must also set
	// Server-side encryption (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) to AWS KMS
	// (SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS). If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS but
	// don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with Amazon
	// S3.
	KmsKeyArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon S3.

type S3ObjectCannedAcl

type S3ObjectCannedAcl string
const (
	S3ObjectCannedAclPublicRead             S3ObjectCannedAcl = "PUBLIC_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticatedRead      S3ObjectCannedAcl = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerRead        S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"
)

Enum values for S3ObjectCannedAcl

func (S3ObjectCannedAcl) Values

Values returns all known values for S3ObjectCannedAcl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType string
const (
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3  S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3"
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS"
)

Enum values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) Values

Values returns all known values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SampleRangeConversion

type SampleRangeConversion string
const (
	SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeSqueeze SampleRangeConversion = "LIMITED_RANGE_SQUEEZE"
	SampleRangeConversionNone                SampleRangeConversion = "NONE"
)

Enum values for SampleRangeConversion

func (SampleRangeConversion) Values

Values returns all known values for SampleRangeConversion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ScalingBehavior

type ScalingBehavior string
const (
	ScalingBehaviorDefault         ScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT"
	ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput ScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
)

Enum values for ScalingBehavior

func (ScalingBehavior) Values

func (ScalingBehavior) Values() []ScalingBehavior

Values returns all known values for ScalingBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SccDestinationFramerate

type SccDestinationFramerate string
const (
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397             SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_24"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate25               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_25"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe    SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"
)

Enum values for SccDestinationFramerate

func (SccDestinationFramerate) Values

Values returns all known values for SccDestinationFramerate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SccDestinationSettings

type SccDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Framerate (SccDestinationFramerate) to make sure that the captions and the
	// video are synchronized in the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the
	// frame rate of the associated video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose
	// 29.97 dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME) only if the video has
	// video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose 29.97
	// non-dropframe (FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME).
	Framerate SccDestinationFramerate
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to SCC.

type SimulateReservedQueue

type SimulateReservedQueue string
const (
	SimulateReservedQueueDisabled SimulateReservedQueue = "DISABLED"
	SimulateReservedQueueEnabled  SimulateReservedQueue = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for SimulateReservedQueue

func (SimulateReservedQueue) Values

Values returns all known values for SimulateReservedQueue. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SpekeKeyProvider

type SpekeKeyProvider struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to
	// MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string

	// Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups
	// support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. See
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/ for more details.
	SystemIds []string

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to
	// MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Specify the DRM system IDs that you want signaled in the DASH manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The DASH manifest can
	// currently signal up to three system IDs. For more information, see
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	DashSignaledSystemIds []string

	// Specify the DRM system ID that you want signaled in the HLS manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The HLS manifest can
	// currently signal only one system ID. For more information, see
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	HlsSignaledSystemIds []string

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.

type SrtDestinationSettings

type SrtDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style,
	// color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses
	// default settings for any missing style and position information in your input
	// captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style
	// and position information from your input captions and use simplified output
	// captions.
	StylePassthrough SrtStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to SRT.

type SrtStylePassthrough

type SrtStylePassthrough string
const (
	SrtStylePassthroughEnabled  SrtStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	SrtStylePassthroughDisabled SrtStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for SrtStylePassthrough

func (SrtStylePassthrough) Values

Values returns all known values for SrtStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type StaticKeyProvider

type StaticKeyProvider struct {

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. Must
	// be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an implicit
	// value of 'identity'.
	KeyFormat *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value or
	// a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify
	// Key Value (StaticKeyValue).
	StaticKeyValue *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for
	// protecting content.
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.

type StatusUpdateInterval

type StatusUpdateInterval string
const (
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_10"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_12"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_15"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_20"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_30"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_60"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_120"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_180"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_240"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_300"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_360"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_420"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_480"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_540"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_600"
)

Enum values for StatusUpdateInterval

func (StatusUpdateInterval) Values

Values returns all known values for StatusUpdateInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TeletextDestinationSettings

type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for this
	// output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings ending in
	// -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext data, do
	// not use this field.
	PageNumber *string

	// Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value
	// here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle
	// (PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE). If you pass through the entire set of Teletext data, don't
	// use this field. When you pass through a set of Teletext pages, your output has
	// the same page types as your input.
	PageTypes []TeletextPageType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to TELETEXT.

type TeletextPageType

type TeletextPageType string
const (
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial                 TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule         TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"
)

Enum values for TeletextPageType

func (TeletextPageType) Values

Values returns all known values for TeletextPageType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TeletextSourceSettings

type TeletextSourceSettings struct {

	// Use Page Number (PageNumber) to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number
	// that will be used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are
	// passing through teletext from the input source to output.
	PageNumber *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.

type TimecodeBurnin

type TimecodeBurnin struct {

	// Use Font Size (FontSize) to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid
	// values are 10, 16, 32, 48.
	FontSize int32

	// Use Position (Position) under under Timecode burn-in (TimecodeBurnIn) to specify
	// the location the burned-in timecode on output video.
	Position TimecodeBurninPosition

	// Use Prefix (Prefix) to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For
	// example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide
	// either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported
	// range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and
	// all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
	Prefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for burning the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.

type TimecodeBurninPosition

type TimecodeBurninPosition string
const (
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter    TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft      TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight     TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
)

Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values

Values returns all known values for TimecodeBurninPosition. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimecodeConfig

type TimecodeConfig struct {

	// If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor
	// Timecode (Anchor) to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to
	// the output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or
	// (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior for
	// Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source (TimecodeSource). *
	// If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Specified Start (SPECIFIEDSTART), the first
	// input frame is the specified value in Start Timecode (Start). Anchor Timecode
	// (Anchor) and Start Timecode (Start) are used calculate output timecode. * If
	// Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) the first frame is
	// 00:00:00:00. * If Source (TimecodeSource) is set to Embedded (EMBEDDED), the
	// first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame of the input.
	Anchor *string

	// Use Source (TimecodeSource) to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To
	// make sure that your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and
	// that time-based features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the
	// Timecode source option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour
	// format with frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded (EMBEDDED) - Use the timecode
	// that is in the input video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the
	// service will use Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) instead. * Start at 0 (ZEROBASED) - Set
	// the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. * Specified Start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART) - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than
	// zero. You use Start timecode (Start) to provide this value.
	Source TimecodeSource

	// Only use when you set Source (TimecodeSource) to Specified start
	// (SPECIFIEDSTART). Use Start timecode (Start) to specify the timecode for the
	// initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or
	// (HH:MM:SS;FF).
	Start *string

	// Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp
	// offset (TimestampOffset) to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the
	// time and frame number. Provide the new date as a string in the format
	// "yyyy-mm-dd". To use Time stamp offset, you must also enable Insert
	// program-date-time (InsertProgramDateTime) in the output settings. For example,
	// if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you want to change it to one
	// year later, set Timestamp offset (TimestampOffset) to 2003-1-25.
	TimestampOffset *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job. These settings don't affect input clipping.

type TimecodeSource

type TimecodeSource string
const (
	TimecodeSourceEmbedded       TimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	TimecodeSourceZerobased      TimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart TimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for TimecodeSource

func (TimecodeSource) Values

func (TimecodeSource) Values() []TimecodeSource

Values returns all known values for TimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimedMetadata

type TimedMetadata string
const (
	TimedMetadataPassthrough TimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	TimedMetadataNone        TimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for TimedMetadata

func (TimedMetadata) Values

func (TimedMetadata) Values() []TimedMetadata

Values returns all known values for TimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimedMetadataInsertion

type TimedMetadataInsertion struct {

	// Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances.
	Id3Insertions []Id3Insertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata (id3) at timecodes (timecode) that you specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata (timedMetadata) to Passthrough (PASSTHROUGH).

type Timing

type Timing struct {

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished
	FinishTime *time.Time

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job.
	SubmitTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in Unix epoch format in seconds.

type TooManyRequestsException

type TooManyRequestsException struct {
	Message *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Too many requests have been sent in too short of a time. The service limits the rate at which it will accept requests.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Error

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage() string

type TrackSourceSettings

type TrackSourceSettings struct {

	// Use this setting to select a single captions track from a source. Track numbers
	// correspond to the order in the captions source file. For IMF sources, track
	// numbering is based on the order that the captions appear in the CPL. For
	// example, use 1 to select the captions asset that is listed first in the CPL. To
	// include more than one captions track in your job outputs, create multiple input
	// captions selectors. Specify one track per selector.
	TrackNumber int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number. Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of TrackSourceSettings.

type TtmlDestinationSettings

type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {

	// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source (TTML,
	// IMSC, SMPTE-TT) to the TTML output.
	StylePassthrough TtmlStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to TTML.

type TtmlStylePassthrough

type TtmlStylePassthrough string
const (
	TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled  TtmlStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for TtmlStylePassthrough

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) Values

Values returns all known values for TtmlStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Type

type Type string
const (
	TypeSystem Type = "SYSTEM"
	TypeCustom Type = "CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for Type

func (Type) Values

func (Type) Values() []Type

Values returns all known values for Type. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Class

type Vc3Class string
const (
	Vc3ClassClass1458bit  Vc3Class = "CLASS_145_8BIT"
	Vc3ClassClass2208bit  Vc3Class = "CLASS_220_8BIT"
	Vc3ClassClass22010bit Vc3Class = "CLASS_220_10BIT"
)

Enum values for Vc3Class

func (Vc3Class) Values

func (Vc3Class) Values() []Vc3Class

Values returns all known values for Vc3Class. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3FramerateControl

type Vc3FramerateControl string
const (
	Vc3FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vc3FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vc3FramerateControlSpecified            Vc3FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vc3FramerateControl

func (Vc3FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Vc3FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3InterlaceMode

type Vc3InterlaceMode string
const (
	Vc3InterlaceModeInterlaced  Vc3InterlaceMode = "INTERLACED"
	Vc3InterlaceModeProgressive Vc3InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for Vc3InterlaceMode

func (Vc3InterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Vc3InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode

type Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode

func (Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Settings

type Vc3Settings struct {

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Vc3FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Optional. Choose the scan line type for this output. If you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert will create a progressive output.
	InterlaceMode Vc3InterlaceMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing
	// (INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE) to create a better quality interlaced output. In this
	// case, each progressive frame from the input corresponds to an interlaced field
	// in the output. Keep the default value, Basic interlacing (INTERLACED), for all
	// other output frame rates. With basic interlacing, MediaConvert performs any
	// frame rate conversion first and then interlaces the frames. When you choose
	// Optimized interlacing and you set your output frame rate to a value that isn't
	// suitable for optimized interlacing, MediaConvert automatically falls back to
	// basic interlacing. Required settings: To use optimized interlacing, you must set
	// Telecine (telecine) to None (NONE) or Soft (SOFT). You can't use optimized
	// interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace mode
	// (interlaceMode) to a value other than Progressive (PROGRESSIVE).
	ScanTypeConversionMode Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video
	// frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly
	// reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Framerate
	// to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to (SPECIFIED),
	// (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal Vc3SlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine (HARD) to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value,
	// None (NONE), MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without
	// doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine Vc3Telecine

	// Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output. VC3
	// class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and
	// framerateDenominator) and Resolution (height and width), determine your output
	// bitrate. For example, say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your
	// framerate is 29.97. Then Class 145 (CLASS_145) gives you an output with a
	// bitrate of approximately 145 Mbps and Class 220 (CLASS_220) gives you and output
	// with a bitrate of approximately 220 Mbps. VC3 class also specifies the color bit
	// depth of your output.
	Vc3Class Vc3Class
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VC3

type Vc3SlowPal

type Vc3SlowPal string
const (
	Vc3SlowPalDisabled Vc3SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Vc3SlowPalEnabled  Vc3SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Vc3SlowPal

func (Vc3SlowPal) Values

func (Vc3SlowPal) Values() []Vc3SlowPal

Values returns all known values for Vc3SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Telecine

type Vc3Telecine string
const (
	Vc3TelecineNone Vc3Telecine = "NONE"
	Vc3TelecineHard Vc3Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Vc3Telecine

func (Vc3Telecine) Values

func (Vc3Telecine) Values() []Vc3Telecine

Values returns all known values for Vc3Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VchipAction

type VchipAction string
const (
	VchipActionPassthrough VchipAction = "PASSTHROUGH"
	VchipActionStrip       VchipAction = "STRIP"
)

Enum values for VchipAction

func (VchipAction) Values

func (VchipAction) Values() []VchipAction

Values returns all known values for VchipAction. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoCodec

type VideoCodec string
const (
	VideoCodecAv1          VideoCodec = "AV1"
	VideoCodecAvcIntra     VideoCodec = "AVC_INTRA"
	VideoCodecFrameCapture VideoCodec = "FRAME_CAPTURE"
	VideoCodecH264         VideoCodec = "H_264"
	VideoCodecH265         VideoCodec = "H_265"
	VideoCodecMpeg2        VideoCodec = "MPEG2"
	VideoCodecProres       VideoCodec = "PRORES"
	VideoCodecVc3          VideoCodec = "VC3"
	VideoCodecVp8          VideoCodec = "VP8"
	VideoCodecVp9          VideoCodec = "VP9"
	VideoCodecXavc         VideoCodec = "XAVC"
)

Enum values for VideoCodec

func (VideoCodec) Values

func (VideoCodec) Values() []VideoCodec

Values returns all known values for VideoCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoCodecSettings

type VideoCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value
	// AV1.
	Av1Settings *Av1Settings

	// Required when you choose AVC-Intra for your output video codec. For more
	// information about the AVC-Intra settings, see the relevant specification. For
	// detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-Intra, see
	// https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936. For information about 4K/2K in
	// AVC-Intra, see https://pro-av.panasonic.net/en/avc-ultra/AVC-ULTRAoverview.pdf.
	AvcIntraSettings *AvcIntraSettings

	// Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined
	// by the object VideoCodec.
	Codec VideoCodec

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value FRAME_CAPTURE.
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value H_264.
	H264Settings *H264Settings

	// Settings for H265 codec
	H265Settings *H265Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value MPEG2.
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value PRORES.
	ProresSettings *ProresSettings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value VC3
	Vc3Settings *Vc3Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value VP8.
	Vp8Settings *Vp8Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value VP9.
	Vp9Settings *Vp9Settings

	// Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the
	// value XAVC.
	XavcSettings *XavcSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings * XAVC, XavcSettings

type VideoDescription

type VideoDescription struct {

	// This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD
	// signaling (AfdSignaling) to specify whether the service includes AFD values in
	// the output video data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD
	// values from this output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead
	// encode the value specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD
	// values based on the input AFD scaler data.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling

	// The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service no
	// longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in your
	// job, the service will ignore the setting.
	AntiAlias AntiAlias

	// Video codec settings, (CodecSettings) under (VideoDescription), contains the
	// group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary
	// depending on the value that you choose for Video codec (Codec). For each codec
	// enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following
	// lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA,
	// AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings *
	// H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * VC3,
	// Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings * XAVC, XavcSettings
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings

	// Choose Insert (INSERT) for this setting to include color metadata in this
	// output. Choose Ignore (IGNORE) to exclude color metadata from this output. If
	// you don't specify a value, the service sets this to Insert by default.
	ColorMetadata ColorMetadata

	// Use Cropping selection (crop) to specify the video area that the service will
	// include in the output video frame.
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service
	// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame
	// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled
	// by default when Timecode insertion (TimecodeInsertion) is enabled.
	DropFrameTimecode DropFrameTimecode

	// Applies only if you set AFD Signaling(AfdSignaling) to Fixed (FIXED). Use Fixed
	// (FixedAfd) to specify a four-bit AFD value which the service will write on all
	// frames of this video output.
	FixedAfd int32

	// Use the Height (Height) setting to define the video resolution height for this
	// output. Specify in pixels. If you don't provide a value here, the service will
	// use the input height.
	Height int32

	// Use Selection placement (position) to define the video area in your output
	// frame. The area outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Respond to AFD (RespondToAfd) to specify how the service changes the video
	// itself in response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the
	// input video frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and
	// output display aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD
	// values. Do not choose this when AfdSignaling is set to (NONE). A preferred
	// implementation of this workflow is to set RespondToAfd to (NONE) and set
	// AfdSignaling to (AUTO). * Choose None to remove all input AFD values from this
	// output.
	RespondToAfd RespondToAfd

	// Specify how the service handles outputs that have a different aspect ratio from
	// the input aspect ratio. Choose Stretch to output (STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT) to have the
	// service stretch your video image to fit. Keep the setting Default (DEFAULT) to
	// have the service letterbox your video instead. This setting overrides any value
	// that you specify for the setting Selection placement (position) in this output.
	ScalingBehavior ScalingBehavior

	// Use Sharpness (Sharpness) setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This
	// setting changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling.
	// Sharpness only applies if your output resolution is different from your input
	// resolution. 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for
	// most content.
	Sharpness int32

	// Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode
	// insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To
	// include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion
	// (VideoTimecodeInsertion) to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To leave them out, set it to
	// DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service inserts timecodes in an output,
	// by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from the input. If none are present,
	// the service will set the timecode for the first output frame to zero. To change
	// this default behavior, adjust the settings under Timecode configuration
	// (TimecodeConfig). In the console, these settings are located under Job > Job
	// settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input settings
	// (InputTimecodeSource) does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the
	// output. Source under Job settings > Timecode configuration (TimecodeSource)
	// does.
	TimecodeInsertion VideoTimecodeInsertion

	// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors).
	// Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by
	// default.
	VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor

	// Use Width (Width) to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this
	// output. If you don't provide a value here, the service will use the input width.
	Width int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to video encoding of your output. The specific video settings depend on the video codec that you choose. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include one instance of Video description (VideoDescription) per output.

type VideoDetail

type VideoDetail struct {

	// Height in pixels for the output
	HeightInPx int32

	// Width in pixels for the output
	WidthInPx int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about the output's video stream

type VideoPreprocessor

type VideoPreprocessor struct {

	// Use these settings to convert the color space or to modify properties such as
	// hue and contrast for this output. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/converting-the-color-space.html.
	ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector

	// Use the deinterlacer to produce smoother motion and a clearer picture. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-scan-type.html.
	Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer

	// Enable Dolby Vision feature to produce Dolby Vision compatible video output.
	DolbyVision *DolbyVision

	// Enable HDR10+ analyis and metadata injection. Compatible with HEVC only.
	Hdr10Plus *Hdr10Plus

	// Enable the Image inserter (ImageInserter) feature to include a graphic overlay
	// on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This
	// setting is disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// Enable the Noise reducer (NoiseReducer) feature to remove noise from your video
	// output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output
	// individually. This setting is disabled by default.
	NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer

	// If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of
	// settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in
	// your output.
	PartnerWatermarking *PartnerWatermarking

	// Settings for burning the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.
	TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors (VideoPreprocessors). Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.

type VideoSelector

type VideoSelector struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation with an alpha
	// channel. Use this setting to create separate Key and Fill outputs. In each
	// output, specify which part of the input MediaConvert uses. Leave this setting at
	// the default value DISCARD to delete the alpha channel and preserve the video.
	// Set it to REMAP_TO_LUMA to delete the video and map the alpha channel to the
	// luma channel of your outputs.
	AlphaBehavior AlphaBehavior

	// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
	// about color space, leave this set to the default value Follow (FOLLOW). The
	// service will automatically detect your input color space. If your input video
	// has metadata indicating the wrong color space, specify the accurate color space
	// here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display
	// Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream, or if that
	// metadata is present but not accurate, choose Force HDR 10 (FORCE_HDR10) here and
	// specify correct values in the input HDR 10 metadata (Hdr10Metadata) settings.
	// For more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	ColorSpace ColorSpace

	// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input
	// settings Color space (ColorSpace) and HDR master display information
	// settings(Hdr10Metadata). The Color space usage setting determines which takes
	// precedence. Choose Force (FORCE) to use color metadata from the input job
	// settings. If you don't specify values for those settings, the service defaults
	// to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK - Choose Fallback (FALLBACK) to use
	// color metadata from the source when it is present. If there's no color metadata
	// in your input file, the service defaults to using values you specify in the
	// input settings.
	ColorSpaceUsage ColorSpaceUsage

	// Set Embedded timecode override (embeddedTimecodeOverride) to Use MDPM (USE_MDPM)
	// when your AVCHD input contains timecode tag data in the Modified Digital Video
	// Pack Metadata (MDPM). When you do, we recommend you also set Timecode source
	// (inputTimecodeSource) to Embedded (EMBEDDED). Leave Embedded timecode override
	// blank, or set to None (NONE), when your input does not contain MDPM timecode.
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverride EmbeddedTimecodeOverride

	// Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate in
	// your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video and must
	// be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these values during
	// the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these settings is 0 to
	// 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Related
	// settings - When you specify these values, you must also set Color space
	// (ColorSpace) to HDR 10 (HDR10). To specify whether the the values you specify
	// here take precedence over the values in the metadata of your input file, set
	// Color space usage (ColorSpaceUsage). To specify whether color metadata is
	// included in an output, set Color metadata (ColorMetadata). For more information
	// about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata

	// Use PID (Pid) to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this
	// value as an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal
	// value. For example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an
	// identifier for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
	Pid int32

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note
	// that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	ProgramNumber int32

	// Use Rotate (InputRotate) to specify how the service rotates your video. You can
	// choose automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise
	// rotation of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or
	// .mp4 and your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the
	// service rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata.
	// The rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the
	// rotation metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no
	// rotation. By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has
	// rotation metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
	Rotate InputRotate

	// If the sample range metadata in your input video is accurate, or if you don't
	// know about sample range, keep the default value, Follow (FOLLOW), for this
	// setting. When you do, the service automatically detects your input sample range.
	// If your input video has metadata indicating the wrong sample range, specify the
	// accurate sample range here. When you do, MediaConvert ignores any sample range
	// information in the input metadata. Regardless of whether MediaConvert uses the
	// input sample range or the sample range that you specify, MediaConvert uses the
	// sample range for transcoding and also writes it to the output metadata.
	SampleRange InputSampleRange
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your inputs can have up to one video selector.

type VideoTimecodeInsertion

type VideoTimecodeInsertion string
const (
	VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled     VideoTimecodeInsertion = "DISABLED"
	VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei VideoTimecodeInsertion = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Enum values for VideoTimecodeInsertion

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) Values

Values returns all known values for VideoTimecodeInsertion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VorbisSettings

type VorbisSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing
	// Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In
	// the API, valid values are 1 and 2. The default value is 2.
	Channels int32

	// Optional. Specify the audio sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 22050, 32000,
	// 44100, and 48000. The default value is 48000.
	SampleRate int32

	// Optional. Specify the variable audio quality of this Vorbis output from -1
	// (lowest quality, ~45 kbit/s) to 10 (highest quality, ~500 kbit/s). The default
	// value is 4 (~128 kbit/s). Values 5 and 6 are approximately 160 and 192 kbit/s,
	// respectively.
	VbrQuality int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value Vorbis.

type Vp8FramerateControl

type Vp8FramerateControl string
const (
	Vp8FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vp8FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp8FramerateControlSpecified            Vp8FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp8FramerateControl

func (Vp8FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp8FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8ParControl

type Vp8ParControl string
const (
	Vp8ParControlInitializeFromSource Vp8ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp8ParControlSpecified            Vp8ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp8ParControl

func (Vp8ParControl) Values

func (Vp8ParControl) Values() []Vp8ParControl

Values returns all known values for Vp8ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8QualityTuningLevel

type Vp8QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPass   Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel

func (Vp8QualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8RateControlMode

type Vp8RateControlMode string
const (
	Vp8RateControlModeVbr Vp8RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Vp8RateControlMode

func (Vp8RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp8RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8Settings

type Vp8Settings struct {

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	Bitrate int32

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Vp8FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Optional. Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five
	// megabits as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per
	// second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the
	// maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source (INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE), uses
	// the PAR from your input video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the
	// console, choose any value other than Follow source. To specify a different PAR
	// by editing the JSON job specification, choose SPECIFIED. When you choose
	// SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify values for the parNumerator
	// and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl Vp8ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Vp8QualityTuningLevel

	// With the VP8 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode Vp8RateControlMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP8.

type Vp9FramerateControl

type Vp9FramerateControl string
const (
	Vp9FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vp9FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp9FramerateControlSpecified            Vp9FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp9FramerateControl

func (Vp9FramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp9FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9ParControl

type Vp9ParControl string
const (
	Vp9ParControlInitializeFromSource Vp9ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp9ParControlSpecified            Vp9ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp9ParControl

func (Vp9ParControl) Values

func (Vp9ParControl) Values() []Vp9ParControl

Values returns all known values for Vp9ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9QualityTuningLevel

type Vp9QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPass   Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel

func (Vp9QualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9RateControlMode

type Vp9RateControlMode string
const (
	Vp9RateControlModeVbr Vp9RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Vp9RateControlMode

func (Vp9RateControlMode) Values

Values returns all known values for Vp9RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9Settings

type Vp9Settings struct {

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	Bitrate int32

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl Vp9FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize float64

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per
	// second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the
	// maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio for this
	// output. The default behavior is to use the same pixel aspect ratio as your input
	// video.
	ParControl Vp9ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio (parControl) to SPECIFIED. On the
	// console, this corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you
	// specify an output pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input
	// video PAR, provide your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC
	// widescreen, you would specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for
	// parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Vp9QualityTuningLevel

	// With the VP9 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode Vp9RateControlMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value VP9.

type WatermarkingStrength

type WatermarkingStrength string
const (
	WatermarkingStrengthLightest  WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTEST"
	WatermarkingStrengthLighter   WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTER"
	WatermarkingStrengthDefault   WatermarkingStrength = "DEFAULT"
	WatermarkingStrengthStronger  WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGER"
	WatermarkingStrengthStrongest WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGEST"
)

Enum values for WatermarkingStrength

func (WatermarkingStrength) Values

Values returns all known values for WatermarkingStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavFormat

type WavFormat string
const (
	WavFormatRiff WavFormat = "RIFF"
	WavFormatRf64 WavFormat = "RF64"
)

Enum values for WavFormat

func (WavFormat) Values

func (WavFormat) Values() []WavFormat

Values returns all known values for WavFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavSettings

type WavSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality
	// for this audio track.
	BitDepth int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1
	// and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels int32

	// The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio is
	// likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended
	// support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.
	Format WavFormat

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (AudioDescriptions)>(CodecSettings) to the value WAV.

type WebvttAccessibilitySubs

type WebvttAccessibilitySubs string
const (
	WebvttAccessibilitySubsDisabled WebvttAccessibilitySubs = "DISABLED"
	WebvttAccessibilitySubsEnabled  WebvttAccessibilitySubs = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for WebvttAccessibilitySubs

func (WebvttAccessibilitySubs) Values

Values returns all known values for WebvttAccessibilitySubs. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WebvttDestinationSettings

type WebvttDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Accessibility subtitles (Accessibility) to Enabled (ENABLED) if the ISMC or
	// WebVTT captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people who are
	// deaf or hard of hearing. When you enable this feature, MediaConvert adds the
	// following attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS or CMAF manifest for this
	// track:
	// CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
	// and AUTOSELECT="YES". Keep the default value, Disabled (DISABLED), if the
	// captions track is not intended to provide such accessibility. MediaConvert will
	// not add the above attributes.
	Accessibility WebvttAccessibilitySubs

	// Set Style passthrough (StylePassthrough) to ENABLED to use the available style,
	// color, and position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses
	// default settings for any missing style and position information in your input
	// captions. Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style
	// and position information from your input captions and use simplified output
	// captions.
	StylePassthrough WebvttStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html. When you work directly in your JSON job specification, include this object and any required children when you set destinationType to WebVTT.

type WebvttHlsSourceSettings

type WebvttHlsSourceSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify alternative group ID
	RenditionGroupId *string

	// Optional. Specify ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code in the language property
	RenditionLanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Optional. Specify media name
	RenditionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to WebVTT sources in HLS alternative rendition group. Specify the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to identify the unique subtitle track among the alternative rendition groups present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks match the specified properties, the job fails. If there is only one subtitle track in the rendition group, the settings can be left empty and the default subtitle track will be chosen. If your caption source is a sidecar file, use FileSourceSettings instead of WebvttHlsSourceSettings.

type WebvttStylePassthrough

type WebvttStylePassthrough string
const (
	WebvttStylePassthroughEnabled  WebvttStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	WebvttStylePassthroughDisabled WebvttStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for WebvttStylePassthrough

func (WebvttStylePassthrough) Values

Values returns all known values for WebvttStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass string
const (
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_100"
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass300 Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_300"
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass480 Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_480"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass

func (Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass) Values

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output. Outputs
	// of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points that are
	// valid for that class.
	XavcClass Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass string
const (
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass100 Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass = "CLASS_100"
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass300 Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass = "CLASS_300"
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass480 Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass = "CLASS_480"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass

func (Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass) Values

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (VBR) Class to set the bitrate of your output. Outputs
	// of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points that are
	// valid for that class.
	XavcClass Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.

type Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass

type Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass string
const (
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass100 Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_100"
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass140 Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_140"
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass200 Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_200"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass

func (Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass) Values

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile

type Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile string
const (
	Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh    Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile = "HIGH"
	Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh422 Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile = "HIGH_422"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile

func (Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile) Values

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel

type Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass   Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel

func (Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kProfileSettings

type Xavc4kProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC 4k (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	BitrateClass Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass

	// Specify the codec profile for this output. Choose High, 8-bit, 4:2:0 (HIGH) or
	// High, 10-bit, 4:2:2 (HIGH_422). These profiles are specified in ITU-T H.264.
	CodecProfile Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto
	// (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (XavcAdaptiveQuantization). When
	// you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for
	// your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only
	// when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable
	// this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a
	// visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some
	// macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the
	// I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
	// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also
	// set Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) to a value other than Off (OFF)
	// or Auto (AUTO). Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of smoothing that
	// Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures
	// in the same GOP. Choose Allow (ENABLED) to allow the encoder to use B-frames as
	// reference frames. Choose Don't allow (DISABLED) to prevent the encoder from
	// using B-frames as reference frames.
	GopBReference XavcGopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this
	// be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly
	// as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// Specify the size of the buffer that MediaConvert uses in the HRD buffer model
	// for this output. Specify this value in bits; for example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000. When you don't set this value, or you set it to zero, MediaConvert
	// calculates the default by doubling the bitrate of this output point.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K.

type XavcAdaptiveQuantization

type XavcAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationOff    XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationAuto   XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationLow    XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMedium XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigh   XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigher XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMax    XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for XavcAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcEntropyEncoding

type XavcEntropyEncoding string
const (
	XavcEntropyEncodingAuto  XavcEntropyEncoding = "AUTO"
	XavcEntropyEncodingCabac XavcEntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	XavcEntropyEncodingCavlc XavcEntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for XavcEntropyEncoding

func (XavcEntropyEncoding) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcEntropyEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

type XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcFramerateControl

type XavcFramerateControl string
const (
	XavcFramerateControlInitializeFromSource XavcFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	XavcFramerateControlSpecified            XavcFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for XavcFramerateControl

func (XavcFramerateControl) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm

type XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcGopBReference

type XavcGopBReference string
const (
	XavcGopBReferenceDisabled XavcGopBReference = "DISABLED"
	XavcGopBReferenceEnabled  XavcGopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcGopBReference

func (XavcGopBReference) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcGopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass string
const (
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass50  XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_50"
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_100"
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass200 XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_200"
)

Enum values for XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass

func (XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC Intra HD (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output. Outputs
	// of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points that are
	// valid for that class.
	XavcClass XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.

type XavcHdProfileBitrateClass

type XavcHdProfileBitrateClass string
const (
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass25 XavcHdProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_25"
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass35 XavcHdProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_35"
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass50 XavcHdProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_50"
)

Enum values for XavcHdProfileBitrateClass

func (XavcHdProfileBitrateClass) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcHdProfileBitrateClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel

type XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel string
const (
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass   XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel

func (XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdProfileSettings

type XavcHdProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC HD (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	BitrateClass XavcHdProfileBitrateClass

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto
	// (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (XavcAdaptiveQuantization). When
	// you do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for
	// your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only
	// when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable
	// this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a
	// visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some
	// macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the
	// I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
	// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also
	// set Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization) to a value other than Off (OFF)
	// or Auto (AUTO). Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of smoothing that
	// Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other pictures
	// in the same GOP. Choose Allow (ENABLED) to allow the encoder to use B-frames as
	// reference frames. Choose Don't allow (DISABLED) to prevent the encoder from
	// using B-frames as reference frames.
	GopBReference XavcGopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that this
	// be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as quickly
	// as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence int32

	// Specify the size of the buffer that MediaConvert uses in the HRD buffer model
	// for this output. Specify this value in bits; for example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000. When you don't set this value, or you set it to zero, MediaConvert
	// calculates the default by doubling the bitrate of this output point.
	HrdBufferSize int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// (PROGRESSIVE) to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of
	// your input. Use Top field first (TOP_FIELD) or Bottom field first (BOTTOM_FIELD)
	// to create an output that's interlaced with the same field polarity throughout.
	// Use Follow, default top (FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD) or Follow, default bottom
	// (FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD) to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the
	// source. For jobs that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might
	// change over the course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan
	// type. If the source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same
	// polarity as the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be
	// interlaced with top field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow
	// options you choose.
	InterlaceMode XavcInterlaceMode

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level (qualityTuningLevel) to choose how you want
	// to trade off encoding speed for output video quality. The default behavior is
	// faster, lower quality, single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set Frame rate (framerateNumerator divided by
	// framerateDenominator) to 29.970. If your input framerate is 23.976, choose Hard
	// (HARD). Otherwise, keep the default value None (NONE). For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-telecine-and-inverse-telecine.html.
	Telecine XavcHdProfileTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Profile) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_HD.

type XavcHdProfileTelecine

type XavcHdProfileTelecine string
const (
	XavcHdProfileTelecineNone XavcHdProfileTelecine = "NONE"
	XavcHdProfileTelecineHard XavcHdProfileTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for XavcHdProfileTelecine

func (XavcHdProfileTelecine) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcHdProfileTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcInterlaceMode

type XavcInterlaceMode string
const (
	XavcInterlaceModeProgressive       XavcInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	XavcInterlaceModeTopField          XavcInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	XavcInterlaceModeBottomField       XavcInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	XavcInterlaceModeFollowTopField    XavcInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	XavcInterlaceModeFollowBottomField XavcInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for XavcInterlaceMode

func (XavcInterlaceMode) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcProfile

type XavcProfile string
const (
	XavcProfileXavcHdIntraCbg XavcProfile = "XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG"
	XavcProfileXavc4kIntraCbg XavcProfile = "XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG"
	XavcProfileXavc4kIntraVbr XavcProfile = "XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR"
	XavcProfileXavcHd         XavcProfile = "XAVC_HD"
	XavcProfileXavc4k         XavcProfile = "XAVC_4K"
)

Enum values for XavcProfile

func (XavcProfile) Values

func (XavcProfile) Values() []XavcProfile

Values returns all known values for XavcProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcSettings

type XavcSettings struct {

	// Keep the default value, Auto (AUTO), for this setting to have MediaConvert
	// automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When
	// you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization (adaptiveQuantization) to a value other than Auto (AUTO). Use this
	// setting to specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you
	// enable. If you don't want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this
	// transcode, set Adaptive quantization to Off (OFF). Related settings: The value
	// that you choose here applies to the following settings: Flicker adaptive
	// quantization (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial adaptive quantization
	// (spatialAdaptiveQuantization), and Temporal adaptive quantization
	// (temporalAdaptiveQuantization).
	AdaptiveQuantization XavcAdaptiveQuantization

	// Optional. Choose a specific entropy encoding mode only when you want to override
	// XAVC recommendations. If you choose the value auto, MediaConvert uses the mode
	// that the XAVC file format specifies given this output's operating point.
	EntropyEncoding XavcEntropyEncoding

	// If you are using the console, use the Frame rate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are
	// decimal approximations of fractions. If you are creating your transcoding job
	// specification as a JSON file without the console, use FramerateControl to
	// specify which value the service uses for the frame rate for this output. Choose
	// INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE if you want the service to use the frame rate from the
	// input. Choose SPECIFIED if you want the service to use the frame rate that you
	// specify in the settings FramerateNumerator and FramerateDenominator.
	FramerateControl XavcFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. We recommend using drop duplicate (DUPLICATE_DROP)
	// for numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to 30 fps. For numerically
	// complex conversions, you can use interpolate (INTERPOLATE) to avoid stutter.
	// This results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video
	// artifacts. For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video
	// has already been converted from its original cadence, use FrameFormer
	// (FRAMEFORMER) to do motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer chooses the
	// best conversion method frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the
	// transcoding time and incurs a significant add-on cost.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Frame rate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator int32

	// Specify the XAVC profile for this output. For more information, see the Sony
	// documentation at https://www.xavc-info.org/. Note that MediaConvert doesn't
	// support the interlaced video XAVC operating points for XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG. To
	// create an interlaced XAVC output, choose the profile XAVC_HD.
	Profile XavcProfile

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video
	// frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly
	// reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Frame
	// rate to 25. In your JSON job specification, set (framerateControl) to
	// (SPECIFIED), (framerateNumerator) to 25 and (framerateDenominator) to 1.
	SlowPal XavcSlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless your downstream workflow requires that you specify it
	// explicitly. Otherwise, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your output
	// by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness (sharpness) or by enabling a
	// noise reducer filter (noiseReducerFilter). The Softness (softness) setting
	// specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the default
	// value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT
	// softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification. Choose a value
	// from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128
	// result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in
	// the softest video.
	Softness int32

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto
	// (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). When you
	// do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for
	// your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only
	// when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this
	// setting, keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization
	// within each frame based on spatial variation of content complexity. When you
	// enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more
	// distortion with no noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas
	// where any small distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured
	// blocks are encoded with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with
	// more bits. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video quality.
	// Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's
	// attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention
	// on a part of the screen with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to
	// disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable spatial adaptive
	// quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization)
	// depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video
	// games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to
	// High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value, Auto
	// (AUTO), for the setting Adaptive quantization (adaptiveQuantization). When you
	// do so, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization for
	// your video content. Include this setting in your JSON job specification only
	// when you choose to change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this
	// setting, keep the default value, Enabled (ENABLED), to adjust quantization
	// within each frame based on temporal variation of content complexity. When you
	// enable this feature, the encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that
	// aren't moving and uses more bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a
	// lot. For example, this feature improves the readability of text tickers on
	// newscasts and scoreboards on sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost
	// always improve your video quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take
	// into account where the viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely
	// to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving
	// objects with sharp edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to
	// disable this feature. Related setting: When you enable temporal adaptive
	// quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive
	// quantization (adaptiveQuantization).
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Required when you set (Profile) under
	// (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value
	// XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings *Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings

	// Required when you set (Profile) under
	// (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value
	// XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings *Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings

	// Required when you set (Profile) under
	// (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_4K.
	Xavc4kProfileSettings *Xavc4kProfileSettings

	// Required when you set (Profile) under
	// (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value
	// XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings *XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings

	// Required when you set (Profile) under
	// (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings)>(XavcSettings) to the value XAVC_HD.
	XavcHdProfileSettings *XavcHdProfileSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set (Codec) under (VideoDescription)>(CodecSettings) to the value XAVC.

type XavcSlowPal

type XavcSlowPal string
const (
	XavcSlowPalDisabled XavcSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	XavcSlowPalEnabled  XavcSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcSlowPal

func (XavcSlowPal) Values

func (XavcSlowPal) Values() []XavcSlowPal

Values returns all known values for XavcSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization

type XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization

type XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values

Values returns all known values for XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client. The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL